Drager fabius руководство

GO

TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technical

Service

Manual

Part Number: 4116029

Rev: C

Date: 11 December 2000

© 2000 Draeger Medical, Inc.

Fabius

®

Anesthesia System

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Service Manual Table of Contents

Summary of what’s new in Revision C

DESCRIPTION

PAGE

SECTION 1:

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

SECTION 2:

Fabius Function Description

1. General Information about Fabius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2. Fabius Function Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

3. Function Diagram (2-gas version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

4. Function Diagram (3-gas version). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

5. Function Description of the Gas Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

6. Compact Breathing System COSY/Circle System 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

7. Ventilation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

8. Patient System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

9. Electronics Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

10. Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

11. FiO2 Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

12. Flow Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

13. Anesthetic Vaporizer “Vapor 19.n” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

SECTION 3:

Fabius Repair Instructions

1. Service Strategy for Fabius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

2. Fabius Versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3. Fabius Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

4. Fabius Assemblies (rear view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

5. Removing Assemblies from Gas Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

6. Debug Mode (software 1.00). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

7. Debug Mode (software 2.00). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

8. “Ventilator” VEN Display Field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

9. “Monitor” MON Display Field. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

10. “EEPROM” (EEP) Display field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

11. Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

12. DrägerService Mode (software 1.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

13. DrägerService Mode (software 2.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

14. General Information about the Control Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

15. Gas Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81

16. COSY Compact Breathing Sustem Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88

17. Circle Absorbtion System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-96

18. General Information about the Flowmeter Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103

19. General Information about the ORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-108

Rev. A i

Contents (continued)

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

DESCRIPTION PAGE

20. General Information about the Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-121

21. General Information about the Uninterruptible Power Supply (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-139

22. General Information about the Pneumatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-142

23. Patient System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-161

24. Tubing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-165

SECTION 4:

Test Certificate

1. Unit, General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

2. Circle system mount or compact breathing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

3. Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4. Gas Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

5. Cylinder Pressure Reducer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

6. Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12

7. Lack of O2 Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

8. Pressure Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13

9. O2 Flush Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

10. Ejector Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

11. Secretion Aspirator (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14

12. AGS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

13. Vapor plug-in system housing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

14. Safety Valve, flowmeter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

15. Leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

16. Low pressure leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

17. Circle system leak test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

18. Flowmeter unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

19. Control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

20. S-ORC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

21. Control box function test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

22. Testing type of gas, cylinder operation (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

23. Testing type of gas, CS operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

24. Functional test of ventilation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

25. Safety tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

26. Assemble unit and all accessories ready for operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

27. Tests carried out by/on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

28. Repair work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

29. Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

SECTION 5:

Spare and Replacement Parts List

Fabius Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-2, 5-3

Pin Index Trolley Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-4, 5-5

Writing Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-6, 5-7

Gasbox, including vapor mounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-8, 5-9

Flowmeter assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-10, 5-11

Gas inlet assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 thru

5-15

Circle 9 System: Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-16, 5-17

ii

Rev. A

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contents (continued)

DESCRIPTION PAGE

Circle 9 System: Inspiratory valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-18, 5-19

Circle 9 System: Expiratory valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-20, 5-21

Circle 9 System: Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-22, 5-23

Circle 9 System: Intermediate piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-24, 5-25

COSY Compact Breathing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-26, 5-27

COSY Absorber Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-28, 5-29

COSY Absorber Canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-30, 5-31

Control Box, Front Bezel Assembly, Fuse Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-32, 5-33

Ventilator Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-34, 5-35

Battery Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-36, 5-37

Pneumatic Control System (early design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-38, 5-39

Pneumatic Control System (later design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-39A, 5-39B

A-cone Switch, Fresh Gas Hose, Power Cord Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-40, 5-41

Flow sensor, O2 Sensor, Pressure Sensor Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-42, 5-43

Optional Items:

Bain Circuit Adapter, Breathing Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-44, 5-45

Cylinder Conversion Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-46, 5-47

Semi-Open Adapter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-48, 5-49

SECTION 6:

Fault-Cause-Remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

SECTION 7:

Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

SECTION 8:

Technical Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Rev. C iii

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction

1.0 Introduction

Recommendations

Because of the sophisticated nature of North American Dräger. anesthesia equipment and its critical importance in the operating room setting, it is highly recommended that only appropriately trained and experienced professionals be permitted to service and maintain this equipment. Please contact DrägerService

®

at (800) 543-5047 for service of this equipment in North America. For service in Europe call 49 (451) 882-3781. For service in other countries call (215) 721-5402.

North American Dräger recommends that the Fabius be serviced at six month intervals. Periodic Manufacturer’s Certification agreements are available for equipment manufactured by North American Dräger. Please contact us for further information concerning these agreements.

North American Dräger. products /material in need of factory repair shall be sent to:

For North America and other countries except Europe: For service in Europe:

DrägerService

®

3124 Commerce Drive

Telford, PA 18969 U.S.A.

(Include RMA Number)

Dräger Medizintechnik GmbH

Moislinger Allee 53-55

23542 Lübeck

Reparaturannahme

Germany

Guidelines

Troubleshooting the Fabius should always begin by communicating with those who observed or experienced a problem with the unit.

After performing any repair, replacement, calibration or adjustment, operation of the unit must be verified, accompanied by a Test Certificate.

Copyright

Copyright© 2000 by Draeger Medical, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, or stored in a retrieval system in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, without written permission of Draeger Medical, Inc.

Disclaimer

The content of this manual is furnished for informational use only and is subject to change without notice. Draeger Medical, Inc. assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this manual.

1-1

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

2.0 Function Description

1 General Information About Fabius

The Fabius basic unit consists of the following assemblies:

− control box

− gas box (on rear panel of Fabius)

− flowmeter block

− compact breathing system «Cosy»/circle absorption system «Circle System

9/Fabius»

− pneumatics

− ventilator (located in the swing-out part of Fabius)

− anesthetic vaporizer «Vapor 19.n»

− trolley ventilator compact breathing system

O

2

+

S-ORC control box flowmeter block anesthetic vaporizer

«Vapor 19.n“

Fabius trolley

Fig. 1:

Fabius equipped with a compact breathing system «Cosy»

2-1

Function Description

circle absorption ventilator max. 134 C

5

10

30

50

70

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

O

2

+

S-ORC

control box flowmeter block anesthetic vaporizer «Vapor

Fabius trolley

Fig. 2:

Fabius equipped with a circle absorption system «Circle System 9 Fabius»

2-2

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Fabius provides connections for the following medical gas cylinders:

− O

2

cylinder

− N

2

O cylinder

Fabius can be retrofitted with the following assemblies/functions:

− drawer assembly

− rechargeable batteries for uninterruptible power supply (UPS)

− additional gas (AIR)

− cylinder set mount

2-3

Function Description

2 Fabius Function Diagrams

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

fresh-gas decoupling inspiratory valve

Paw fresh gas absorber

O2 auxiliary air ventilator safety valve breathing

MAN expiratory valve

PEEP control valve

.

V

APL valve

SPONT/ IPPV electronic PEEP valve piston pump outlet

Fig. 3:

Function diagram of Fabius with compact breathing system «Cosy» lung

2-4

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

inspiratory valve

Paw ventilator fresh-gas decoupling valve

O2 lung fresh gas

2nd absorber (optional)

1st absorber flow

APL valve

SPONT/

IPPV breathing bag

MAN expiratory valve and PEEP valve electronic

PEEP valve piston pump outlet

Fig. 4:

Function diagram of Fabius with circle absorption system «Circle System 9

Fabius»

2-5

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

2.1

Optional Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)

The uninterruptible power supply (UPS) consists of two rechargeable batteries. These rechargeable batteries are connected in series thus providing a total voltage of 24 V.

The UPS is charged during the operation phases. In the event of a voltage drop or a complete power failure, the UPS can backup operation for approx. 90 minutes. The

UPS is located in the gas box. Connection is made on the rear panel of the control box.

®

control box

5 V regulator ventilator monitor uninteruptible power supply (UPS)

Fig. 5:

Block diagram of Fabius’ voltage supply

2-6

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

3 Function Diagram (2-gas version)

fresh gas flow control valve

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT inlet valve, vent

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

Fig. 6:

Function Diagram (2-gas version)

2-7

Function Description

4

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Function Diagram (3-gas version)

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT flowmeters flow control valve

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT

DUMMY TEXT inlet valve, vent

Fig. 7:

Function Diagram of the Fabius (3-gas version)

2-8

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

5 Function Description of the Gas Box

The supply gases flow through the built-in filters of the compressed-gas connections and are then available at the pressure gauges. The pressure gauges indicate the current pressure of the supply gases. The non-return valves prevent a reverse flow.

The pressure of the supply gases is reduced by pressure regulators. The low-pressure supply gases then flow to the flowmeter block. As soon as the O

2

supply gas has reached a sufficient pressure, it flows through the spring-loaded non-return valve RV 1 and fills the reservoir.

If the O

2

supply fails or if the pressure of the O

2

supply gas decreases below a certain value, the 2-way valve switches over. The gas stored in the reservoir flows through the

2-way valve and the injector and activates the whistle (audible O

2

-failure alarm).

gas box

suction ejector reservoir

RV1 filter filter

2-way valve whistle injector pressure regulators

O2 flush to the anesthetic vaporizer to the flowmeter to the flowmeter to the flowmeter

O2

N2O pressure gauges

O2

AIR

N2O filter non-return valves

Fig. 8:

Function diagram of the gas box (3-gas version), part 1

2-9

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

If the O

2

-flush button is pressed, the fresh-gas ejector prevents the fresh gas from flowing back into the anesthetic vaporizer. This avoids an increase in the anesthetic gas concentration.

fresh-gas fresh gas

®

O2 flush anesthetic vaporizer

Fig. 9:

Function diagram of the gas box (3-gas version), part 2

2-10

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

5.1

S-ORC (Sensitive Oxygen Ratio Controller)

The S-ORC is a control element that functions like an N

2 ensures a vital O

2

O shut-off device and

concentration in the fresh gas. In the event of an O

2

S-ORC limits the N

2

O flow such that the O

2

shortage, the

concentration in the fresh gas does not decrease below 21 vol.%. For the S-ORC to function properly O

2 different pressures.

and N

2

O must have

If the O

2

flow control valve is closed or if the O

2

200 mL/min, the S-ORC interrupts the N

2

flow is lower than or equal to

O flow.

N

2

O can be added as of an O

2 also prevents O

2

flow of approx. 300 mL/min. In this case, the S-ORC

concentrations below 21 vol.%.

The inlet valve vent allows O

2 above 10 L/min. are needed.

to bypass the restrictor in the S-ORC when O

2

flows fresh gas from the O2 flush flowmeter block flowmeters flow control valve anesthetic vaporizer from the gas box (O2) from the gas box (AIR) safety valve

(<1 bar) inlet valve, vent

S-ORC from the gas box (N2O)

Fig. 10:

S-ORC function diagram, part 1

Rev. A

2-11

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

The flow control valves are used to adjust the O

2

and N

2

O flows.

Restrictors located at the outlets of the S-ORC generate back-pressures. These back-pressures exert a force on the control diaphragms of the S-ORC. The O back-pressure opens the S-ORC. The N

2 pressure ratio at the control diaphragm affects the N

2

O flow.

2

O back-pressure closes the S-ORC. The

The restrictors and the spring tension are dimensioned such that a minimum concentration of 21 vol.% O

L/min.

2

is always ensured. The maximum O

2 flow is approx. 9

O2

N2O

®

flowmeters restrictors control diaphragms

N2O check valve operating-point adjusting screw

O2 flow control

N2O

Fig. 11:

S-ORC function diagram, part 2

2-12

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

6 Compact Breathing System «Cosy» /

Circle Absorption System «Circle System 9 Fabius»

Fabius is either equipped with a compact breathing system «Cosy» or with a circle absorption system «Circle System 9 Fabius». They have the same function.

6.1

Compact Breathing System «Cosy»

The compact breathing system «Cosy» allows three modes of patient ventilation: manual ventilation, spontaneous breathing, intermittent positive pressure ventilation

(IPPV). The APL valve (adjustable pressure limiting valve) has a selector which can be used to toggle between «MAN» and «IPPV/SPONT».

In the «MAN» position, the compact breathing system is closed to atmosphere. This position is the default position for manual ventilation of the patient. The APL valve opening pressure can be adjusted from 5 to 70 hPa (mbar).

In the «IPPV/SPONT» position the APL valve is open to atmosphere. This position is the default position for intermittent positive pressure ventilation and spontaneous breathing.

The pressure limit (Pmax) can also be adjusted during IPPV from 20 hPa (mbar) to

70 hPa (mbar) using the control box.

2-13

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Fig. 12:

Compact breathing system «Cosy»

7

8

4

5

6

Key

1

2

3

PEEP valve/PEEP control port

Clamping screw

MAN/SPONT-IPPV selector

(APL valve)

Fresh-gas decoupling valve

Breathing bag mount

Inspiratory port

Inspiratory valve

Breathing bag terminal

2-14

9 Expiratory valve

10 Expiratory port

11 Flow sensor

12 Fresh-gas port

13 Ventilator port

14 Anesthetic gas scavenging port

15 Absorber

16 Pressure sensor connector

17 Sample-gas return line port (optional)

Rev. B

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

6.1.1

Function Description of the Compact Breathing System «Cosy»

Manual Ventilation: General

During manual ventilation, the APL valve is set to the «MAN» position. The patient system safety valve is activated. Only the warnings/alarms for the lower O limit and

2 for the upper airway pressure (Paw) are enabled. The piston of the ventilator is in the upper end position in order to reduce the dead space volume of the ventilator.

Manual Ventilation: Inspiration

During inspiration, expiratory valve

1

remains closed. When the clinician compresses the breathing bag

2

the gas mixture (expiratory gas and fresh gas) flows through the fresh-gas decoupling valve

3

, the inspiratory valve

4

, the O

2

sensor

5

, the inspiratory hose

6

, and the Y-piece into the patient’s lung

7

. The pressure sensor

8

measures the airway pressure. The APL valve

9

limits the ventilation pressure. Any excess amount of the gas mixture flows through the APL valve

9

and the non-return valve

10

to the anesthetic gas scavenging system.

8

3 4 fresh gas

2

5

6

7

MAN

9

1

10

Fig. 13:

Manual ventilation (inspiration)

2-15

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Manual Ventilation: Expiration

During expiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains closed and thus prevents the expiratory gas from flowing back into the inspiratory branch.

After releasing the breathing bag

2

, the expiratory gas from the lung

3

flows through the expiratory hose

4

, the flow sensor

5

, the PEEP control valve

6

, the expiratory valve

7,

and through the absorber

8

into the breathing bag

2

. At the same time, new fresh gas flows into the breathing bag

2

.

®

1 fresh gas

2 3

8

7

6

5

4

MAN

Fig. 14:

Manual ventilation (expiration)

2-16

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Spontaneous Breathing: General

A prerequisite for spontaneous breathing is that the patient is supplied with a sufficient amount of fresh gas. The APL valve selector must be set to the

«SPONT/IPPV» position. No pressure builds up in the compact breathing system.

Only the warnings/alarms for the lower O

2

(Paw) are enabled.

limit and for the upper airway pressure

Spontaneous Breathing: Inspiration

During inspiration, the expiratory valve

1

remains closed thus preventing rebreathing of expiratory gas containing CO

2

.

The patient inhales the gas mixture (expiratory gas and fresh gas) from the breathing bag

2

. The gas mixture flows through the fresh-gas decoupling valve

3

, the inspiratory valve

4

, the O

2

sensor

5

, the inspiratory hose

6

, and through the Y-piece into the lung

7

. The pressure sensor

8

measures the airway pressure.

fresh gas

2

3

4

8

5

6

7

SPONT/

IPPV

1

Fig. 15:

Spontaneous breathing (inspiration)

2-17

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Spontaneous Breathing: Expiration

During expiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains closed thus preventing the expiratory gas from flowing back into the inspiratory branch.

The APL valve

2

is open, irrespective of its pressure setting.

The expiratory gas flows from the lung

3

through the expiratory hose

4

, the flow sensor

5

, the PEEP control valve

6

, the expiratory valve

7

, and through the absorber

8

into the breathing bag

9

. At the same time, new fresh gas flows into the breathing bag.

When the breathing bag is full, any excess gas mixture flows through the non-return valve

10

into the anesthetic gas scavenging system.

®

1 fresh gas

9

3

10

8

2

SPONT/

IPPV

7

6

5

4

Fig. 16:

Spontaneous breathing (expiration)

The CO

2

is scrubbed from the expiratory gas by the soda lime contained in the absorber

8

. The fresh gas replaces the anesthetic and oxygen taken up by the patient.

2-18

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation (IPPV): General

A prerequisite for IPPV is that the patient is supplied with a sufficient amount of fresh gas. The APL valve selector must be set to the «SPONT/IPPV» position.

If the APL valve selector is not set to the «SPONT/IPPV» position, the pressure in the breathing system will increase.

The safety valve of the patient system makes sure that no pressures greater than

80 hPa (mbar) build up in the system. The pressure limit (Pmax) can be adjusted on the control box.

2-19

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation (IPPV): Inspiration

During inspiration, the PEEP control valve

1

remains closed. The control pressure present at the PEEP control valve

1

varies with the set pressure limit (Pmax).

The pressure generated by the ventilator’s piston closes the fresh-gas decoupling valve

2

. The gas mixture (expiratory gas and fresh gas) flows through the inspiratory valve

3

, the O

2

sensor

4

, the inspiratory hose

5

, and through the Y-piece into the lung

6

. The pressure sensor

7

measures the airway pressure. The ventilation pressure cannot exceed the pressure limit (Pmax) set on the control box because the PEEP control valve

1

opens. The fresh gas then fills the breathing bag

8

.

Any excess fresh gas flows through the open APL valve

9

, and through the non-return valve

10

into the anesthetic gas scavenging system.

7

2

3 fresh gas

8

4

5

6

®

1

10

9

SPONT/

IPPV

Fig. 17:

Intermittent positive pressure ventilation (inspiration)

2-20

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation (IPPV): Expiration

During expiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains closed thus preventing rebreathing into the inspiratory branch.

The expiratory gas from the lung

2

flows through the expiratory hose

3

, the flow sensor

4

, the PEEP control valve

5

, the expiratory valve

6

, and through the absorber

7

back into the breathing bag

8

mixing with fresh gas also flowing into the breathing bag.

The ventilator’s piston moves back drawing the gas mixture needed for the next inspiration into the piston space.

Any excess fresh-gas flows through the APL valve

9

, and through the non-return valve

10

into the anesthetic gas scavenging system.

1 fresh gas

8

2

7

9

SPONT/

IPPV

6

10

5

4

3

Fig. 18:

Intermittent positive pressure ventilation (expiration)

2-21

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

6.1.2

Cosy Absorber

The absorber is filled with fresh soda lime. The soda lime scrubs CO

2

from the respiratory gas and, because it is humidified, it prevents any absorption of anesthetics.

Expired soda lime changes its color. The soda lime must be replaced when two thirds of the soda lime in a canister are discolored.

®

2-22

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

6.2

Circle Absorption System «Circle System 9 Fabius»

The circle absorption system «Circle System 9 Fabius» allows three modes of patient ventilation: manual ventilation, spontaneous breathing, intermittent positive pressure ventilation (IPPV). The APL valve (adjustable pressure limiting valve) has a selector which can be used to toggle between «MAN» and «IPPV/SPONT».

In the «MAN» position, the compact breathing system is closed to atmosphere. This position is the default position for manual ventilation of the patient. The APL valve opening pressure can be adjusted from 5 to 70 hPa (mbar).

In the «IPPV/SPONT» position the APL valve is open to atmosphere. This position is the default position for intermittent positive pressure ventilation and spontaneous breathing.

The pressure limit (Pmax) can also be adjusted during IPPV from 20 hPa (mbar) to

70 hPa (mbar) using the control box.

2-23

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

18

17

16

1

2

3

4

5

15

14

13

12

11

6

7

10

9

8

Fig. 19:

Circle absorption system «Circle System 9 Fabius»

Key

1

2

3

Inspiratory valve

Pressure-measuring port (Paw)

Fresh-gas decoupling valve

6

8

9

Second absorber (optional)

Breathing bag

Anesthetic gas scavenging port

10 Non-return valve

11 APL valve

12 MAN/SPONT-IPPV selector

13 Flow

14 Expiratory

15 PEEP valve

16 Ventilator

17 Inspiratory port

18 O

2

sensor

Fabius

®

2-24

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

6.2.1

Function Description of the Circle Absorption System

Manual Ventilation: General

During manual ventilation, the APL valve is set to the «MAN» position. The safety valve of the patient system is activated. Only the warnings/alarms for the lower O

2

limit and the upper airway pressure limit (Paw) are enabled.

Manual Ventilation: Inspiration

When the clinician compresses the breathing bag

1

, the gas mixture (expiratory and fresh gas) flows through the absorber

2

, the open fresh-gas decoupling valve

3

, the open inspiratory valve

4

, the inspiratory hose

5

, and through the Y-piece

6

into the lung

7

. The CO

2

contained in the gas mixture is scrubbed by the soda lime in the absorbers

2

. The ventilation pressure is limited by the APL valve

8

. The expiratory valve

9

remains closed. Any excess amount of the gas mixture flows through the APL valve

8

, and the non-return valve

10

into the anesthetic gas scavenging system

11

.

4

3

5

6

2

7

8

9

10

11

Fig. 20:

Manual ventilation (inspiration)

1

2-25

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Manual Ventilation: Expiration

During expiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains closed thus preventing the expiratory gas from flowing back into the inspiratory branch.

After releasing the breathing bag

2

, the expiratory gas flows through the open expiratory valve

3

and the flow sensor

4

into the breathing bag

2

. At the same time, fresh gas from the fresh-gas port

5

flows through the absorber(s) into the breathing bag

2

.

®

1

5

3

4

2

Fig. 21:

Manual ventilation (expiration)

2-26

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Spontaneous Breathing: General

A prerequisite for spontaneous breathing is that the patient is supplied with a sufficient amount of fresh gas. The APL valve selector must be set to the

«IPPV/SPONT» position. No pressure builds up in the circle absorption system. Only the warnings/alarms for the lower O

2 are enabled.

limit and the upper airway pressure limit (Paw)

Spontaneous Breathing: Inspiration

During inspiration, the expiratory valve

1

remains closed and prevents rebreathing of expiratory gas containing CO

2

.

The patient inhales the gas mixture from the breathing bag

2.

The gas mixture flows through the absorber(s)

3

, the open inspiratory valve

4

, the inspiratory hose

5

, and the Y-piece

6

. Additional fresh gas is supplied to the patient through the fresh-gas port

7

.

6

5

4

7

3

1

2

Fig. 22:

Spontaneous Breathing (inspiration phase)

The CO

2

is scrubbed from the expiratory gas by the soda lime contained in the absorber(s)

3

. The fresh gas replaces the anesthetic and the oxygen taken up by the patient.

2-27

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Spontaneous Breathing: Expiration

During expiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains closed thus preventing the expiratory gas from flowing back into the inspiratory branch.

The APL valve

2

is open, irrespective of the current pressure setting.

The expiratory gas flows through the expiratory hose

3

, the open expiratory valve

4

, the flow sensor

5

, into the breathing bag

6

. At the same time, fresh gas from the fresh-gas port

7

flows through the absorber(s)

8

into the breathing bag

6

.

When the breathing bag

6

is full, any excess gas mixture flows through the non-return valve

9

into the anesthetic gas scavenging system

10

.

®

1

7

3

8

2

4

5

9

10

6

Fig. 23:

Spontaneous breathing (expiration)

2-28

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation (IPPV): General

A prerequisite for IPPV is that the patient is supplied with a sufficient amount of fresh gas. The APL valve selector must be set to the «IPPV/SPONT» position.

If the APL valve selector is not set to the «IPPV/SPONT» position, the pressure in the breathing system will increase.

The safety valve of the patient system limits the pressure to 80 hPa (mbar). The desired pressure limit (Pmax) can be adjusted on the control box.

2-29

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation (IPPV): Inspiration

During inspiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains open. The PEEP valve closes the expiratory valve

2

. A control pressure, which varies with the pressure limit (Pmax) set on the control box, is applied to the PEEP valve.

The gas mixture (expiratory and fresh gas) from the ventilator

3

flows through the hose

4

, the inspiratory valve

1

, the inspiratory hose

5

, and through the Y-piece

6

into the lung

7

. The ventilation pressure cannot exceed the pressure limit (Pmax) set on the control box. The fresh gas flows through the absorbers and fills the breathing bag.

Any excess amount of fresh gas flows through the APL valve

8

and the non-return valve

9

into the anesthetic gas scavenging system

10

.

®

5

6

1 fresh gas

PEEP valve

7

8

4 ventilator

2

10

9

3

Fig. 24:

Intermittent positive pressure ventilation (inspiration)

If the inspiratory pressure exceeds the set pressure limit (Pmax), the PEEP valve opens. Any excess gas flows through the PEEP valve, and the flow sensor into the circle absorption system.

2-30

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation: Expiration

During expiration, the inspiratory valve

1

remains closed thus preventing rebreathing into the inspiratory branch.

The expiratory gas flows through the expiratory valve

2

, the flow sensor

3

, back into the breathing bag

4

and, at the same time, mixes with the fresh-gas from the fresh gas port

5

.

The ventilator piston moves back drawing the gas mixture needed for the next inspiration into the piston space.

The excess fresh gas flows through the APL valve

6

, and through the non-return valve

7 in

to the anesthetic gas scavenging system

8

.

1

5

PEEP valve

6

7

8

4

2

3 ventilator

Fig. 25:

Intermittent positive pressure ventilation (expiration)

Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation: Expiration with PEEP

A PEEP value is adjusted on the control box. The corresponding PEEP control pressure is applied to the diaphragm of the PEEP valve. The diaphragm plate of the

PEEP valve pushes the mica disc of the expiratory valve which closes the crater. If the pressure of the expiratory gas exceeds the set PEEP value, the expiratory valve

2

opens.

2-31

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

6.2.2

Absorber

The absorber is filled with fresh soda lime. The soda lime scrubs the CO

2

from the respiratory gas and, because it is humidified, it prevents any absorption of anesthetics.

Expired soda lime changes its color. The soda lime must be replaced when two thirds of the soda lime in a canister are discolored.

®

2-32

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

7 Ventilation Unit

The ventilation unit consists of the ventilator and the pneumatics.

The ventilation unit is powered with DC voltage from the control box or, in the event of mains power failure, from the uninterruptible power supply (UPS). The ventilator delivers the fresh gas (at a given volume, pressure, and frequency) which comes from the flowmeter block and from the breathing bag to the patient. During expiration, the bag-type rolling seal of the ventilator fills with the expiratory gas from the patient and with the fresh gas stored in the breathing bag.

During inspiration, a specific amount of this gas mixture is delivered to the patient. A safety valve limits the ventilation pressure.

If the fresh gas in the machine is not sufficient, the ventilator draws in ambient air through the auxiliary air valve located in the patient system.

7.1

Ventilator

The ventilator is mounted into the swivel-out compartment of Fabius. The cover of the ventilator has a connection for the respiratory hose of the circle absorption system or compact breathing system, respectively. The ventilator is powered electrically. Its control system and keypad are located in/on the control box. The control box also contains the basic monitoring system. A sight window on the swivel out compartment allows the clinician to watch the movement of the rolling seals.

2-33

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

7.1.1

Function Principle of the Ventilator

The ventilator consists of a piston and a cylinder. The recirculating ball screw driven by the motor moves the piston. When the piston moves back it slides completely over the motor. The incremental encoder determines the number of motor rotations and transmits the corresponding signal to the microprocessor. The rolling seal is attached to the piston. The bag-type rolling seal encloses the inspiratory volume.

®

patient system cylinder bag-type rolling seal rolling seal piston recirculating ball screw motor incremental encoder

Fig. 26:

Sectional view of the ventilator

2-34

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

7.2

Pneumatics

The pneumatics comprises the following subassemblies:

− electronic PEEP valve

− Pneumatic Control PCB

− piston pump

− pressure sensor electronic

PEEP valve

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

Pneumatic

Control PCB piston pump pressure

Fig. 27:

Top view of the pneumatics

2-35

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

7.2.1

Function Principle of the Pneumatic Control of the Ventilator

The piston pump generates a vacuum required for the bag-type rolling seal and the rolling seal of the ventilator as well as the control pressure for the PEEP valve. The spring-loaded non-return valve limits the vacuum to − 200 hPa (mbar). A pressure sensor measures the current pressure and converts the pressure value into a corresponding electrical signal. This signal is transmitted to the microprocessor. The reservoir V1 «smooths» the flow to the electronic PEEP valve. The combination of filter and reservoir V2 dampen the noise.

®

ventilator pneumatics

E

P piston pump reservoir V1 electronic

PEEP valve to the PEEP valve/ expiratory valve

–200 hPa (mbar) filter reservoir V2

Fig. 28:

Function diagram of the pneumatic control of the ventilator

2-36

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

7.3

Function Description of the Electronic PEEP Valve

7.3.1

Expiration

The piston pump generates a gas flow. This gas flow is directed to the electronic

PEEP valve.

If an endexpiratory PEEP value has been set on the control box, this value corresponds to a specific electrical current. The current flows across the coil of the electronic PEEP valve. The diaphragm closes the crater. The electronic PEEP valve generates a control pressure. This control pressure is applied to the mechanical

PEEP valve. The patient can only exhale up to the set PEEP value.

7.3.2

Inspiration

During inspiration, the electronic PEEP valve generates a control pressure which corresponds to the set pressure limit (Pmax).

electronic PEEP flow from piston pump coil

Fig. 29:

Function diagram of the electronic PEEP valve to the PEEP control valve to atmosphere diaphragm

2-37

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

8 Patient System

The patient system provides the connection between Fabius and the patient.

Fabius

®

auxiliary-air valve patient safety valve

Fig. 30:

Top view of the patient system patient system

2-38

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

8.1

Safety Valve of the Patient System

If the pressure limit (Pmax) is exceeded considerably, or if the pressure limit control fails, the patient system safety valve limits the gas pressure. This safety valve is permanently set to a working pressure of 60 hPa (mbar) to 80 hPa (mbar).

screw spring valve disc

Fig. 31:

Sectional view of the safety valve washer

2-39

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

8.2

Auxiliary Air Valve of the Patient System

The auxiliary air valve allows the patient to spontaneously breathe ambient air should the medical gas supply and/or Fabius fail. The opening pressure of the auxiliary air valve is 0 to –5 hPa (mbar).

®

threaded ring valve seat valve disc valve cross with spring

Fig. 32:

Sectional view of the auxiliary air valve

2-40

Fabius

®

9

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

Electronics Block Diagram

Fig. 33:

Electronics block diagram

2-41

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10 Control Box

11

10

9

8

7

Fig. 34:

Top view of the control box

6

Key

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

Power Supply PCB

Mains filter

Mains transformer

Front panel (front frame and membrane keypad)

Control knob

Power PCB

Graphics display and backlighting lamp

Control PCB

9 Rechargeable battery or Goldcap capacitor

10 Differential pressure sensor (flow)

11 Airway pressure sensor (Paw)

5

1

2

3

4

Fabius

®

2-42

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

1

2

1 AT

1 AT

ON

OFF

Interface M

8

15

Interface C

9

1

9 8

Fig. 35:

Rear View of the Control Box

Key

1 Mains supply receptacle with mains fuses

2 ON/OFF switch

3 Equipotential bonding pin

4 Flow sensor port

5 O

2 sensor port

6 Pressure sensor port (Paw)

7 Pneumatics connector

8 Motor and Battery connector

9 Power cord clamp

7

3

4

Paw V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor m

6

5

Rev. A

2-43

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

10.1

Power Supply Unit

The power supply unit consists of the Power Supply PCB, the mains supply receptacle, the ON/OFF switch, the fuses, the mains filter, and the mains transformer.

The power supply unit powers Fabius with the following voltages:

− +24 VDC

−

+5 VDC

10.1.1

Power Supply PCB

The Power Supply PCB uses the voltage regulator L4960 to generate the +5 V operating voltage.

Two voltage regulators LT1074 connected in parallel generate the supply voltage

(28 V) and the rechargeable battery charging voltage.

The resistor S1 (the conductor is designed as sense resistor) is used to measure the charging current of the rechargeable battery. An integrated circuit transmits the signal to the microcontroller.

The signals A and B are fed back to the 24 V voltage regulators and function as charging current limitation.

The Power Supply PCB monitors the rechargeable battery voltage, generates the battery symbol control on the display and the power failure alarm.

®

2-44

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

5 V regulator bridge-connecte d rectifier

F1

1.6 A

F4

4 AT

ON/OFF switch rechargeable batteries

(2 x 12 V) electronics

F5

2.5 A

2 step-down mains

F2

3.15 A

40 VAC

127

VAC

127

VAC mains filter mains connection

Fig. 36:

Block diagram of the control box power supply unit

2-45

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

10.2

Control PCB

The Control PCB measures and monitors all measuring and status signals. If an error occurs, the Control PCB switches off the solenoids, and activates the buzzer. The

Control PCB is then reset.

The Control PCB is equipped with the pressure sensors for the airway pressure (Paw) and the flow (

∆

P).

The Control PCB comprises the following components:

− microcontroller

− quartz oscillator

− EPROM

− EEPROM

− RAM

− latch

− 9 V rechargeable battery or Goldcap capacitor

The Control PCB provides the following functions:

− measurement of oxygen concentration, flow, and pressure

− voltage monitoring and power-on

−

LED control

− 2-min silence timer

− buzzer and buzzer control

− contrast control

− membrane keypad scanning

− control knob scanning

− motor current monitoring

− membrane pressure

− charging voltage monitoring

− display control

− ±12 V generation

®

Rev. A

2-46

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.3

Control PCB Block Diagram

B PC er ow To P re

V+

Pressu

V–

V+

V+ nalog) nalog) log)

A (a

B (a annel (ana e w ch Flo

O2 channel

O2 channel

Pressur ock ta al cl al da

1

2

Bank0

Bank

Bank

Seri

Seri ix atr l knob

Quit

Contro

Key m cs logi CS lay cs disp raphi T o g

Fig. 37:

Control PCB block diagram

2-47 pply wer su m po Fro

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

10.3.1

Microcontroller

The microcontroller 80C517A controls the functions of the control box.

10.3.2

Quartz Oscillator

The quartz oscillator QOS12Mhz clocks the microcontroller 80C517A with 12 MHz.

10.3.3

EPROM

The EPROM M27C4001 is used to store the program for the control box. It has a programmable area of 512 kbytes.

10.3.4

EEPROM

The EEPROM X24C04 is a memory chip used to write and read serial data. It contains the set customer parameters and the zero values of flow, pressure, and O

2

.

10.3.5

RAM

The 32 Kx8 RAM contains the current patient parameters and stores data which the microcontroller needs to buffer.

10.3.6

Latch

Latch HC373 is a driver block.

10.3.7

Voltage Transformer

The voltage transformer transforms the 5 V input voltage into the ±12 V output voltage.

10.3.8

Oxygen Concentration Evaluation

The operational amplifier OP07 evaluates the voltage of the O

2

sensor.

10.3.9

Voltage Monitoring Circuit/Voltage Monitor

The IC 7665 monitors the output voltage (+5 V) of the control box. If the voltage is higher or lower than the specified voltage, the IC 7665 generates a RESET signal.

This RESET signal resets the microcontroller. The IC makes sure that the microcontroller only initializes when the operating voltage has reached an adequate level.

2-48

®

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.3.10 LED Control

The LEDs (LED_MAN, LED_IPV, LED_SBY, LED_SIL, LED_WAR and LED_ALA) are triggered by the transistors BCX17.

10.3.11 2-Min Silence Timer

The 2-min silence timer has a timer IC (74HC4060). The timer IC enables suppression of the audible alarm for two minutes.

10.3.12 Buzzer and Buzzer Control

During operation, the buzzer is powered with 24 V. If a power failure occurs, the built-in 9 V rechargeable battery on the Control PCB powers the buzzer. (Later models have a Goldcap capacitor instead of a battery.) In the event of a failure, the buzzer is triggered by the microcontroller.

10.3.13 Contrast Control

The operational amplifier TL072D generates the contrast voltage for the graphics display. The contrast voltage is approximately –7 VDC to –8 VDC.

10.3.14 9V Rechargeable Battery or Goldcap Capacitor

In the event of a power failure, the 9 V rechargeable battery supplies the operating voltage for the buzzer. The 24 V operating voltage supplies a charging circuit which charges the rechargeable battery during normal operation.

Later models have a Goldcap capacitor instead of a battery.

Rev. A

2-49

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.4

Power PCB

The Power PCB controls the piston pump, the electronic PEEP valve, the fan, the ventilator motor, and the backlighting of the graphics display.

The Power PCB comprises the following components:

− microcontroller

− quartz oscillator

− EPROM

− latch

− MOSFET amplifier for the motor

− voltage transformer for the backlighting lamp

− PEEP valve control

− light barrier evaluation of the motor (limit switch)

− system temperature monitoring and fan control

− quadrature encoder

− safety relay

Fabius

®

2-50

Fabius

®

10.5

Power PCB Block Diagram

supply wer T o po witch it s Lim

V CC

GNDD

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

nd data resses a Add

0 DIR

MOT

PWR 0

PWR 1

DIR 1

B) PC

Fig. 38:

Power PCB block diagram ontrol r (C trolle

2-51 icrocon To m

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.5.1

Microcontroller

The microcontroller 80C517A controls the functions of the Power PCB.

10.5.2

Quartz Oscillator

The quartz oscillator of the Control PCB clocks the microcontroller 80C517A with

12 MHz.

10.5.3

EPROM

The EPROM has a programmable area of 512 kbytes.

10.5.4

Latch

The latch HC373 is a driver block.

10.5.5

MOSFET Amplifier

The MOSFET amplifier controls the motor of the ventilator.

10.5.6

Voltage Transformer for the Backlighting Lamp

The voltage transformer E1241 transforms the input voltage into a corresponding output voltage for the lamp of the backlighting.

Fabius

®

Risk of damage to the voltage transformer.

The voltage transformer will be damaged if used at no load.

Do not operate the voltage transformer without the lamp of the backlighting

.

10.5.7

PEEP Valve Control

The power field-effect transistor BUZ20 and the operational amplifier LM324 control the PEEP valve.

10.5.8

Light Barrier Evaluation of the Motor

The IC 74HC14 evaluates the final position and the movement of the motor

(END-SCH, PHASE0, and PHASE1).

2-52

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.5.9

System Temperature Monitoring

The system temperature sensor is located on the MOSFET output module. It is an

NTC (negative temperature coefficient) thermistor. The microcontroller uses the system temperature sensor to measure the system temperature.

10.5.10 Quadrature Encoder

The quadrature encoder CF32007NT picks up the number of rotations of the motor and transmits this data to the microcontroller.

10.5.11 Safety Relay

In the event of a malfunction, the microcontroller switches off the safety relay using the NOT_AUS (emergency off) signal. As a result, the motor, the electronic PEEP valve, the piston pump, and the fan can no longer be activated.

10.5.12 Fan Control

If the system temperature inside the control box increases (to approx. 60 °C), the microcontroller activates the fan.

2-53

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.6

Graphics Display

The graphics display consists of the LCD, the LCD drivers, the LCD controller, the display RAM (8 kbytes), and the fluorescent display (backlighting.

graphics display

Fabius

®

D0 – D7

WR

RD

CE

C/D

RESET

FS

+ 5 V

backlighting

300 VAC

D0 – D7

A0 – A12 r/w cc

ED

FS1

LCD controller

I/O

A0 – A12

R/W

CE

RAM

inverter y driver

64 x driver

80 x driver

80 x driver

80

LC display

(240 x 64 pixels) lamp

Fig. 39:

Block diagram of the graphics display

2-54

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

10.7

Front Panel

The front panel consists of the front frame and the membrane keypad.

10.7.1

Membrane Keypad

The membrane keypad has 15 keys (man/spont, IPPV, Pmax, VT, f

IPPV

, T

I

:T

E,

T

IP

:T

I,

PEEP, upper and lower limit value setting, flow calibration, silence, standby, and 3 softkeys). The Control PCB scans the key operations.

10.7.2

Man/Spont Key

Fabius can be set to manual ventilation or spontaneous breathing by pressing the

Man/Spont key.

10.7.3

IPPV Key

Fabius can be set to intermittent positive pressure ventilation by pressing the IPPV key.

10.7.4

Pmax Key

The inspiratory pressure limit can be set in a range of 10 hPa (mbar) to 70 hPa (mbar) by pressing the Pmax key. A pressure higher than 40 hPa (mbar) must be confirmed by pressing the Reset/Check key (a message is shown on the display).

10.7.5

V

T

Key

After pressing the V

T

key, the tidal volume can be set in a range of 50 mL to 1400 mL.

10.7.6

T

I

:T

E

Key

After pressing the T

I

:T

E

key, the inspiratory/expiratory time ratio can be set in a range of 1:3 to 2:1. The set value becomes effective at the end of the current respiratory cycle.

10.7.7

T

IP

:T

I

Key

After pressing the T ip

:T i

key, the inspiratory pause time to inspiratory time can be set in a range of 5% to 50%. The set value becomes effective at the end of the current respiratory cycle.

2-55

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

10.7.8

PEEP Key

After pressing the PEEP key, the positive end-expiratory pressure may be set in a range of 1 hPa (mbar) to 15 hPa (mbar). The set value has immediate effect.

10.7.9

Limit Values Key

The limit values key is used to set the upper and the lower limit values within a certain range.

10.7.10 Calibration Key (–0–)

After pressing the calibration key (–0–), the differential pressure sensor and the O

2 sensor are calibrated. The O

2

sensor is calibrated to 21 vol.% or 100 vol.%.

10.7.11 2-Min Silence Key

After pressing the 2-min silence key, the audible alarm is silenced for 2 minutes. This status is indicated by the yellow LED in the silence key. Pressing the silence key again during the alarm silence time will reset the audible alarm.

10.7.12 Standby Key

After pressing the standby key, the control box switches over to standby mode.

10.7.13 Menu Key

After pressing the menu key, it is possible to configure Fabius.

10.7.14 Screen Page Key

After pressing the screen page key, it possible to select different screen pages.

10.7.15 Control Knob

The control knob is used to change patient parameters (for example, PEEP, V

P max

T

, or

) by turning (selection of data) and pressing (confirmation of selected data).

10.8

Interface

The interface is use to transmit the analog voltages to the pneumatics.

®

2-56

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

11 FiO

2

Measurement

The O

2 sensor measures the fraction of inspired O

2

(FiO

2

) in the respiratory gas.

The O

2 sensor contains an alkaline electrolyte, a lead anode, two gold cathodes, and a plastic membrane. The spatial separation of the two gold cathodes allows to carry out a voltage comparison.

The O

2 current.

sensor is an electrochemical cell which generates a voltage from the ion gold cathode 1

O2 gold cathode 2 plastic membrane plastic housing alkaline electrolyte lead anode

– ϑ

Fig. 40:

O

2

sensor

The O

2

to be measured diffuses through the plastic membrane, reacts at the gold cathodes (negative polarity) and forms lead oxide and water at the lead anode

(positive polarity). During this chemical process, an electrical voltage is generated which is proportional to the O

2

partial pressure.

The internal resistance is determined by the surface of the gold cathodes, the O

2 diffusion velocity, and the distance between the gold cathodes and the lead anode.

The resistance is approximately 700 ohms.

This chemical process is temperature-sensitive. Therefore temperature-sensitive resistors are connected in parallel to the O

2 resistance of the O

2

sensor. These resistors and the internal

sensor correct the measuring voltage. Due to the two gold cathodes used in the O

2 sensor cell, two different measuring voltages are generated.

These measuring voltages are compared with each other.

If the O

2 sensor fails, the control box will indicate an error on the graphics display.

2-57

Function Description

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

12 Flow Measurement

A moving screen (moving vane) measures the expiratory flow of the patient. A flow-dependent pressure builds up at the moving vane. This pressure is picked up at the differential pressure sensor (

∆

P). The differential pressure sensor converts the pressure into an electronic signal and transmits this signal to the microcontroller.

®

P

.

V

flow sensor moving vane measuring line

P

∆

P results from the differential pressure

(back-pressure from measuring lines 1 and 2) measuring line

Fig. 41:

Flow measurement principle

2-58

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Function Description

13 Anesthetic Vaporizer «Vapor 19.n»

Refer to separate technical documentation of the anesthetic vaporizer «Vapor 19.n».

2-59

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

3.0 Repair Instructions

1 Service Strategy for Fabius

Table 1: Service Strategy

Where

Inspection in the field

Safety check in the field

Repair in the field

Workshop at the subsidiary, region

Workshop in

Lübeck and

Telford

Customer, owner, operator

Test Documentation

− Test Certificate

− Service Manual,

CD-ROM

− Safety check of machine

(record)

−

Instructions for Use,

CD-ROM

Test Certificate

Spare parts list

Service Manual Section 5

Repair information

Service Bulletins (IDMs/TSBs)

Conversion instructions

Function diagrams, CD-ROM

Test Certificate

Spare parts list

Service Manual Section 5

Repair information

Service Bulletins (IDMs/TSBs)

Conversion instructions

Function diagrams, CD-ROM

Test Certificate

Spare parts list

Service Manual Section 5

Repair information

Service Bulletins (IDMs/TSBs)

Conversion instructions

Process and testing instructions

Circuit diagrams

Function diagrams, CD-ROM

−

Instructions for Use

− Check list, as applicable

Procedure

− Checking actual condition of machine

−

Performing minor repairs

− Replacing wear and tear parts

− Machine safety check

−

−

− Calibrating, adjusting

−

Performing minor conversions

− Replacing electrical, electronic,

−

− Calibrating, adjusting

− Performing major conversions

− Replacing and repairing all mechanical and electrical

−

−

−

Replacing electrical, electronic, and mechanical assemblies

Repairing assemblies and mechanical assemblies

Repairing assemblies assemblies

Calibrating, adjusting

Performing major conversions

Recording actual condition of machine

− Decontamination of machine

3-1

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

2 Fabius Versions

Fabius is available in several versions.

2.1

Fabius (China Version)

The first machines were built for the Chinese market. The China version runs with two gas types: N

2

0 and O

2

. Separate connections (battery/motor) are available on the rear panel of the control box.

®

Risk of malfunction.

Optional features intended for the CE version might cause problems if used in the China version (e.g. cylinder bank). Specific printed circuit boards are used in the China version which are not identical with those used in the CE version. The China version printed circuit boards are available in China only.

The China version of Fabius comprises the following assemblies:

− control box

− ventilator

− circle absorption system «Fabius»

− flowmeter block

− fixed-installed anesthetic vaporizer «Vapor 19.n»

− H-ORC

− gas box

− trolley

3-2

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

2.2

Fabius (CE Version)

The CE version of Fabius is manufactured for all other countries except the USA. It is available with two gas types (N

2

O and O

2

), or three gas types (N

2

O, O

2

and AIR).

The CE version of Fabius comprises the following assemblies:

− control box

− ventilator

− compact breathing system («Cosy»)/circle absorption system 9 Fabius

− flowmeter block

− adaptable anesthetic vaporizer «Vapor 19.n»

−

S-ORC

− gas box

− trolley

2.3

Fabius (US Version)

The US version of Fabius comes with three gas types (N

2

O, O

2

and AIR). The flowmeters in the flowmeter block are arranged differently than those of the Fabius CE version and have also a different color coding.

The US version of Fabius comprises the following assemblies:

− control box

− ventilator

− compact breathing system («Cosy»)/circle absorption system 9 Fabius

− flowmeter block

− adaptable anesthetic vaporizer «Vapor 19.n»

− S-ORC

− gas box

− trolley

3-3

Repair Instructions

3 Fabius Assemblies

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

6

5

O

2

+

S-ORC

1

2

3

Fabius

4

Fig. 1:

Front view of Fabius with compact breathing system «Cosy»

Key

3

4

1

2

5

6

Control box

Flowmeter block

Anesthetic vaporizer(s) Vapor 19.n

Trolley

Compact breathing system «Cosy»

Ventilator

3-4

Fabius

®

7

6

max. 134 C

10

50

5

30

70

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

1

O

2

+

S-ORC

2

3

4

Fabius

5

Fig. 2:

Front view of Fabius with circle absorption system 9 Fabius

Key

1 Circle absorption system 9 Fabius

2 Control box

3 Flowmeter block

4 Anesthetic vaporizer(s) Vapor 19.n

5 Trolley

6 Breathing bag

7 Ventilator

3-5

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

4 Fabius Assemblies (rear view)

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1 AT

1 AT

ON

OFF

Interface M

8

15

9

1

Interface C

P

Paw

V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Fig. 3:

Fabius assemblies (rear view)

Key

1

2

3

4

7

8

9

5

6

Gas box cover

O

2

input port

N

2

O input port

AIR input port

O

2

cylinder input port

N

2

O cylinder input port

O

2

output port (ejector)

Cover plate of pneumatics and (optional) rechargeable battery

Control box

9

8

3-6

Fabius

®

5

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Removing Assemblies from Gas Box

1 2

1

3

1

2

Fig. 4:

Cover plates on rear panel of Fabius

Table 2: Assembly Removal Steps

Assembly

Pneumatics (Pneumatics Control PCB, pump, PEEP valve, pressure sensor)

Gas box

Ventilator

Remove screws

2

1

Swivel out door

3

3-7

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

6 Debug Mode (software 1.00)

The following information is displayed in the debug mode during normal operation of

Fabius: system data, measured values, error log. One debug mode page is available.

System data cannot be changed.

6.1

Accessing the Debug Mode (software 1.00)

The debug mode can be accessed from any operating mode.

• Press the “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

The selected numeric code is displayed on black background.

• Select keycode “1” by turning rotary knob one position clockwise.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Press rotary knob again.

An additional screen page is displayed. Fabius remains in the normal mode and can be operated as desired.

6.2

Exiting the Debug Mode (software 1.00)

• Press the “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

The selected numeric code is displayed on black background.

• Select keycode “0” by turning rotary knob one position counter-clockwise.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Press rotary knob again.

Fabius is now in the normal operating mode.

®

3-8

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

6.3

Debug Mode Table (software 1.00)

Table 3: Debug Mode (software 1.00)

Pressure sensor value (Paw) in mbar

(default)

P XXX (0 to 738)

Flow sensor A/D converter value (default)

FL XXX (0 L/min 512)

Oxygen sensor channel 1 in mV

O2_1 XXX (9 – 20)

Oxygen sensor channel 2 in mV

Plateau pressure in mbar

Plat XXX (varies with system settings)

Supply voltage (approx. 27 V) in volts

Supply voltage (+12 V) in volts

U+12 XX.X (12.0 ±2.0)

Supply voltage (–12 V) in volts

Expiratory Vt during inspiration (mL)

U–12 XX.X (12.0 ± 2.0)

EEPROM error code

Vtix XXX (varies with system settings, ideally 0)

Pressure sensor calibration value

EEPR XXXX

Battery charging current in amperes

CalP XXX (704 – 768)

Flow sensor calibration value

LADI X.X (approx. 0.0 – 2.0)

Motor current in amperes

Oxygen sensor calibration value (21% O2) Pressure between rolling seals in mbar

PMEM XXX (200 ±50)

Monitoring error code

MONI XXXX

Calculation from controller data (set values):

Tidal volume (mL) frequency (1/min)

Ventilation error

VENT XXXX

System temperature in °C

T XX 60°C) V: XXXX F: XX

Error log

(most recent error entry on extreme left)

LOG

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

3-9

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

7 Debug Mode (software 2.00)

The following information is displayed in the debug mode during normal operation of

Fabius: system data, measured values, error log. Two pages are available in this debug mode. System data cannot be changed.

7.1

Accessing the Debug Mode (software 2.00)

The debug mode can be accessed from any operating mode.

• Press the “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

The selected numeric code is displayed on black background.

• Select keycode “1” (debug mode) or “2” (flow curve) by turning rotary knob one position clockwise.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Press rotary knob again.

An additional screen page is displayed. Fabius remains in the normal operating mode and can be operated as desired.

7.2

Exiting the Debug Mode (software 2.00)

• Press the “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

The selected numeric code is displayed on black background.

• Select keycode “0” by turning rotary knob one position counter-clockwise.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Press rotary knob again.

Fabius is now in the normal operating mode.

®

3-10

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

7.3

Debug Mode Table (software 2.00)

Rev. A

7.3.1

Debug Mode (software 2.00), Page 1 (keycode «1»)

Error log (most recent error entry on extreme left)

LOG XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

A/D pressure sensor value in mbar/ calibration value (default) in mbar

Motor current in amperes

(normal operating range 0 to 1.5 A)

P XXX (650 to 825) / XXX (738 = 0hPa)

Flow sensor A/D converter value / calibration value (default)

F1 XXX

(482 to 542) /

XXX

(0 L/min = 512)

Imot X.XX

Pressure between the rolling seals in hPa (normal operating range 120 to

250 hPa)

Pvac XXX

System temperature in °C

(normal operating range 10 to 70 °C)

Oxygen sensor channel 1 in mV

Oxygen sensor channel 2 in mV

(normal operating range 5mV to 105 mV)

O2_ XXX / XXX

Oxygen sensor calibration status

Oxygen sensor calibration value (21% O2)

(Calibration value in mV

Tem XX

Frequency: calculated from piston movement (1/min)

(normal operating range 6 to 60 1/min)

Elapsed time meter

(full hours displayed)

h XXXXXXXXX

Supply voltage (approx. 27 V) in volts

(normal operating range 23.0 V to 35.0 V)

U+24 XX.X

Supply voltage (+12 V) in volts

(normal operating range 10.8 V to 13.2 V)

U+12 XX.X

(12.0 V ±2.0 V)

Supply voltage (–12 V) in volts

(normal operating range –10.8 V to –13.2 V)

U–12 XX.X

Battery charging current in amperes

(normal operating range –2 to 3 A)

Ibat X.X

f_v: XX

Tidal volume calculated from piston movement

(normal operating range 50 to 1400 mL)

V_v: XXXX

Motor type, jumper position: Power PCB

(motor type: JC = Mavillor, J8 = GEC)

XXRXX JC

Monitoring error code

MON XXXX

Ventilator error code

VEN XXXX

EEPROM error code

EEP XXXX

Control PCB software version

XXMXX J6

3-11

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

7.3.2

Flow Curve (software 2.00), Page 2 (Keycode “2”)

Fabius

®

Flow curve Measured tidal volume in mL

(normal operating range: 0 to 9999 mL)

(Quit key: toggles between 1:1 and 1:6 resolution)

Vte XXXX mL

Expiratory VT during inspiration (in mL, ideally: 0)

(normal operating range: 0 to 9999 mL)

Expiratory peak flow in L/min

(normal operating range: 0 to 150 L/min)

Flep XXX L/min

Tidal volume corresponding to ventilator’s I/E phase (in mL)

(normal operating range: 0 to 9999 mL)

Plateau pressure in hPa

(normal operating range 0 to 99 hPa)

3-12

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

8 «Ventilator» (VEN) Display Field

Overview: VEN

0000 ==> no errors

0001 – 0008 ==> motor errors

0040 and 0080 ==> pump errors

0100 ==> temperature error

1000 and 2000 ==> communication errors

4000 ==> current error (motor current is too high)

Rev. A

Error

0001

0002

0004

0008

0010

0020

0040

0080

0100

0200

0400

0800

Error Description

No incrementing.

End position switch activated continuously.

End position switch not detected.

Motor direction incorrect (use only upon power-on of Fabius).

24 V supply not available.

Possible Cause

Motor open or not connected.

Incremental encoder not connected.or needs replacement

Light barrier not connected.or needs replaced

External light interference, or light barrier needs replaced.

Motor conductors reversed. Phase conductors of incremental encoder reversed.

Controller relay (Power PCB) switched off. Fuse F4 on Power

Supply PCB open.

Diaphragm pressure too low.

Diaphragm pressure too high.

Temperature too high.

I/E signal from controller (Power

PCB) not in expected range.

Ventilator piston does not work in

IPPV mode.

Data error (gain, offset, from PEEP valve)

Ventilator cover open.

Vacuum hose not connected.

Diaphragm pump needs replaced

Diaphragm pressure sensor connector not connected.

NTC error on Power PCB. Fan not running

Ventilation frequency or inspiratory time out of tolerance. Motor and/or motor control error.

Motor open or not connected.

Power PCB needs replaced

EEPROM or RAM error. New PEEP valve calibration.

3-13

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

1000

2000

4000

8000

Communication error from

Control PCB to Power PCB.

Communication error from Power

PCB to Control PCB.

Line interruption in ribbon cable, bent connector.

Line interruption. Power PCB does not work (see error 1000).

Motor current temporarily too high.

Incremental encoder lost increments. Contamination, scratches, light barrier needs replaced

Motor current continuously too high. Power amplifier needs replaced.

Motor open.

®

9 «Monitor» (MON) Display Field

Overview: MON

0000 ==> no errors

00XX ==> O

2

sensor error

0X00 ==> pressure sensor error

X000 ==> flow sensor error

Error

0001

0002

0004

0008

0010

0020

0040

Error Description

FiO

2

FiO

2

sensor voltage too low.

sensor voltage too high.

FiO

2

measured values outside permissible range.

FiO

2

time-out during calibration.

FiO

2

/relative error between FiO

2 sensor channels > 25%.

FiO

2

calibration constant from

EEPROM incorrect.

FiO

2

/coding for calibration.

Possible Cause

O

2

O

2

sensor needs replaced.

sensor calibrated incorrectly.

O

2

O

2

sensor needs replaced.

sensor calibrated incorrectly.

O

2

sensor needs replaced

O

2

sensor needs replaced.

Sensor not yet stabilized.

Calibration of O sensor at changing

O

2

2

concentration or O

2

concentration not corresponding to calibration mode

(21%/100%).

O

2

sensor needs replaced.

O

2

sensor not yet calibrated.

Data loss in the EEPROM.

Current error occurred during calibration.

3-14

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

0080

0100

0200

0400

0800

1000

2000

4000

8000

One calibration value lost during operation (pressure sensor, flow sensor, FiO values).

2

sensor calibration

Pressure above maximum value for more than 5 seconds.

Pressure below minimum value for more than 5 seconds.

Pressure/calibration error.

RAM error.

Electromagnetic interference.

Pressure sensor needs replaced.

Continuously high pressure.

Pressure sensor needs replaced.

Continuously low pressure.

Pressure sensor needs replaced.

Pressure during calibration higher than or lower than 0 mbar.

Software error.

Pressure/plausibility error during respiratory phase.

Flow above maximum value for more than 5 seconds (<150 L).

Flow below minimum value for more than 5 seconds.

Flow/calibration error.

Flow/plausibility error during respiratory phase.

Flow sensor or differential pressure sensor (flow) needs replaced

Continuously high expiratory flow.

Flow sensor or differential pressure sensor (flow) needs replaced.

Continuously high expiratory flow.

Flow sensor or differential pressure sensor (flow)needs replaced.

Flow at flow sensor during calibration higher than or lower than 0 L/min.

Respiratory phase detection software error.

3-15

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

10 «EEPROM» (EEP) Display Field

Overview: EEP

0000 ==> no error

XX00 ==> write error

00XX ==> read error

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Error

0001

0002

0004

0008

0010

0020

0040

0080

0100

0200

0400

Error Description

Read error.

System configuration

(device configuration)

Read error.

System data (values stored in the event of a power failure)

Read error.

User configuration (user settings)

Read error.

Settings of ventilation (last setting in the event of a power failure)

Read error.

Monitoring limit values (last setting in the event of a power failure)

Read error.

Monitoring calibration values.

Ventilation calibration values.

Read error.

Error log.

For internal use.

Write error.

System configuration

(device configuration)

Write error.

System data (values stored in the event of a power failure)

Write error.

User configuration (user settings)

Possible Cause

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data stored incorrectly in the event of a power failure.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data stored incorrectly in the event of a power failure.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data stored incorrectly in the event of a power failure.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data stored incorrectly in the event of a power failure.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

3-16

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

0800

1000

2000

4000

8000

Write error.

Ventilation settings (last setting in the event of a power failure)

Write error.

Monitoring limit values (last setting in the event of a power failure)

Write error.

Monitoring calibration values.

Ventilation calibration values.

Error log write error

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data stored incorrectly in the event of a power failure.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data stored incorrectly in the event of a power failure.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

For internal use.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

Data error.

EEPROM needs replaced.

3-17

Repair Instructions

11 Error Log

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

14

15

16

Error

0

11

17

18

21

22

23

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

Error Description

No error

Reset; cause unknown

RAM (Control PCB)

EPROM (Control PCB)

Watchdog reset (Control PCB)

A/D converter

Graphics display

Battery

Analog voltage

Supply voltage

EEPROM*

EEPROM* write error

EEPROM* read error

RAM backup error

Data check error/system reset occurs

Communication error

Calibration value check error (O

2 sensor, pressure sensor, flow sensor, PEEP valve)

Possible Cause

Hardware error. Electromagnetic interference. EEPROM needs replaced

RAM needs replaced.

EPROM needs replaced.

Hardware error. Software error.

Watchdog time exceeded.

Error during A/D conversion.

Graphics display or connector needs replaced.

Wrong battery installed or installed battery flat.

Error in ±12 V voltage supply.

Control PCB needs replaced.

Battery exhausted during power supply from battery.

Read/write error during system start-up. EEPROM needs replaced. Data error.

Error during EEPROM writing.

EEPROM needs replaced. Data error.

Error during EEPROM reading.

EEPROM needs replaced. Data error.

Error while reading internal RAM data during system start-up.

Checksum of settings or operating mode incorrect.

RAM locations inverted or needs replaced.

EEPROM error. RAM error.

Standard values are being used.

Calibration required.

* Later models do not have an EEPROM and require board replacement.

Rev. A

3-18

®

Fabius

®

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Motor error Ventilator drive error: no incrementing possible. End position switch activated continuously. End position switch not detected.

For current code and error description, see display field

“VEN”.

Error may also occur if Fabius is operated while ventilator is not connected.

Relay of Power PCB switched off.

24 V operating voltage

Open fuse F4 on Power Supply

PCB.

End position of actuator exceeded.

Incremental encoder lost increments.

Diaphragm pressure too low.

Ventilator cover open.

Vacuum hose disconnected.

Diaphragm pump needs replaced.

Diaphragm pressure too high.

System temperature too high.

Time-out in IPPV/ventilation not

OK.

SIO error

Motor current too high.

Diaphragm pressure sensor connector disconnected.

Diaphragm pressure sensor needs replaced.

Error may also occur if Fabius is operated while ventilator is not connected.

Error occurred on Power PCB.

Motor open or disconnected.

Power PCB needs replaced.

Error may also occur if Fabius is operated while ventilator is not connected.

There is an interruption of the communication line.

The controller (Power PCB) does not function.

Power amplifier needs replaced.

Motor open.

3-19

81

82

83

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

51

Ventilation frequency or inspiratory time out of tolerance.

Motor does not meet specifications.

Ventilator needs replaced.

RAM (Power PCB)

EPROM (Power PCB)

Watchdog reset (Power PCB)

Error may also occur if Fabius is operated while ventilator is not connected.

RAM needs replaced.

EPROM needs replaced.

Software error. Duration exceeded.

Fabius

®

3-20

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

12 DrägerService Mode (software 1.00)

The DrägerService Mode is used to calibrate critical components (Paw sensor, PEEP valve). The DrägerService

Mode should only be used by qualified and authorized

DrägerService technicians.

DrägerService Mode allows the following actions:

− calibrating the pressure sensor (Paw)

− deleting error log entries

− reading out/resetting elapsed hours meter

− selecting the function (monitor or ventilator or monitor and ventilator)

− initializing Fabius (calibration values, elapsed hours, etc.)

12.1

Accessing the DrägerService Mode (software 1.00)

The DrägerService Mode can only be accessed while Fabius is in the standby mode.

• Press the “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm by pressing rotary knob.

The respective number is displayed on black background.

• Select keycode “112” by turning rotary knob clockwise.

• Confirm by pressing rotary knob.

An additional screen page is displayed.

12.2

Exiting the DrägerService Mode (software 1.00)

• Switch the control box off.

3-21

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

12.3

DrägerService Mode (software 1.00) Screen Display

Fabius

®

SERVICE

Calibration pressure

Calibration peep valve

Reset logbook

Reset operating hours

Function

Init system *

DISABLED

EMPTY

LOST XXXXXXXXX

MON. + VENT.

Fig. 5:

DrägerService Mode screen display (software 1.00)

* Initialization of Fabius

Risk of loss of calibration data when selecting menu item «Init system». Select menu item “Init system” only if you want to store new calibration data or if you have replaced the Control

PCB.

3-22

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

13 DrägerService Mode (software 2.00)

The DrägerService Mode is used to calibrate critical components (Paw sensor, PEEP valve). The DrägerService

Mode should only be used by qualified and authorized

DrägerService technicians.

DrägerService Mode allows the following actions:

− calibrating the pressure sensor (Paw)

− calibrating the PEEP valve

− deleting error log entries

− reading out/resetting elapsed hours meter

− selecting the function (monitor or ventilator or monitor and ventilator)

− initializing Fabius (calibration values, elapsed hours, etc.)

13.1

Accessing the DrägerService Mode (software 2.00)

The DrägerService Mode can only be accessed while Fabius is in the standby mode.

• Press the “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm by pressing rotary knob.

The respective number is displayed on black background.

• Select keycode “112” by turning rotary knob clockwise.

• Confirm by pressing rotary knob.

An additional screen page is displayed.

13.2

Exiting the DrägerService Mode (software 2.00)

• Switch the control box off.

3-23

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

13.3

DrägerService Mode (software 2.00) Screen Display

Fabius

®

SERVICE

Reset logbook

Function

Cal. peepvalve

Cal. pressure

Init system *

EMPTY

MON. + VENT.

Peep tuning:

G_h 0_h: G_1 0_1

XX XXX XX XXX

P/PWM**

0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0

Fig. 6:

DrägerService Mode screen display (software 2.00)

* Initialization of Fabius

** P (pressure) corresponds to PWM (pulse width modulation) ratio

Risk of loss of calibration data when selecting menu item «Init system». Select menu item “Init system” only if you want to store new calibration data or if you have replaced the Control

PCB.

3-24

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14 General Information About the Control Box

Any of the following assemblies must be replaced completely in case of malfunctioning:

− power cable

− mains filter

− ON/OFF switch

− fuses

− power transformer

− Power Supply PCB

− Power PCB

− Control PCB

− differential pressure sensor (flow)

− pressure sensor (Paw)

− Display PCB

− backlighting lamp

− rotary knob

− rechargeable battery

3-25

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

14.1

Removing the Control Box from the Gas Box

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Disconnect cable and hose connections

1

to

7

(see figure below) and remove control box.

• Loosen screw of cable clamp

8

and thread power cord out of cable clamp.

ON/OFF switch

1

2

3

®

1 AT

1 AT

ON

OFF

Interface M

8

15 9

1

Interface C

Paw

V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor m

8

7

6

5

4

Fig. 7:

Rear view of the control box, disconnecting cable and hose connections

• Loosen knurled screws

9

.

1 AT

1 AT

ON

OFF

9

P

Interface M

8

15

Interface C

1

9

Paw

V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor

V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor

9

Fig. 8:

Rear view of Fabius, loosening knurled screws

3-26

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Lift control box

1

at rear and remove control box

1

from front mount.

1

O

2

+

S-ORC

Fabius

Fig. 9:

Front view of Fabius, removing control box from front

• Place control box

1

on a stable surface.

3-27

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.2

Removing the Top Cover from the Control Box

Fabius

®

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 10:

Removing top cover of control box

3-28

Fabius

®

14.3

Control Box Assemblies

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

11

10

9

8

3

4

1

2

7

6

Fig. 11:

Top view of the control box (top cover removed)

Key

1

2

3

4

5

6

Power Supply PCB

Mains filter

Power transformer

Front (front frame and membrane keypad)

Rotary knob

Power PCB

Display PCB/backlighting lamp

7

8

9

Control PCB

Rechargeable battery

10

Differential pressure sensor (flow measurement)

11

Pressure sensor (airway pressure «Paw»)

5

3-29

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.4

Control Box (Rear Panel)

1

2

1 AT

1 AT

ON

OFF

Interface M

8

15

Interface C

9

1

3

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

4

Paw

V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor m

6

5

9

8

Fig. 12:

Rear view of the control box

7

Key

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Power receptacle with mains fuses

ON/OFF switch

Equipotential bonding pin (ground)

Flow sensor port

Oxygen sensor port

Pressure sensor port (Paw)

Pneumatics interface

Motor control interface

Power-cord cable clamp

3-30

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.5

Power Transformer

In case of repair, replace the complete power transformer.

14.5.1

Testing the Power Transformer Output Voltage

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power cord from AC outlet.

• Check mains fuses of the control box (mains fuses are located on rear panel of control box).

• If mains fuses are OK, proceed as follows:

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove control box from trolley (see control box chapter » Removing the Control

Box from the Gas Box «).

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 13:

Removing top cover of the control box

3-31

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Plug power cord into AC outlet.

• Switch control box on.

• Using a multimeter, measure the power transformer output voltage (it should be approx. 40 VAC).

• If the power transformer output voltage is not approx. 40 VAC, check fuses, if

fuses are OK, replace power transformer (see » Dismounting/Replacing the Power

Transformer «).

®

T4L

X 4

X20

X6

X8

40 VAC

T3,15L

X 2

Fig. 14:

Power Supply PCB, measuring the power transformer output voltage

3-32

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.5.2

Dismounting/Replacing the Power Transformer

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power cord from AC outlet.

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove control box from trolley (see » Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box «).

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 15:

Removing top cover of the control box

3-33

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Disconnect cable connector

1

of power transformer from the Power Supply PCB.

®

T4L

X 4

X20

X6

X8

1

T3,15L

X 2

Fig. 16:

View of the Power Supply PCB, disconnecting the cable connector

• Disconnect both power transformer cable lugs

2

from connectors of mains filter.

2

2

Fig. 17:

Disconnecting cable lugs from connectors of mains filter

3-34

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove screws

1

and place device mounting plates

2

aside.

1

2

2

1

Fig. 18:

Right hand side of control box, removing device mounting plates

• Remove screws

3

.

3

3

Fig. 19:

Right hand side of control box, removing fixing screws of power transformer

• Replace the power transformer with a new one and secure new power transformer to control box using screws

3

.

• Mount device mounting plates

2

to control box (see Figure «Right hand side of control box, removing device mounting plates.»

• Connect both cable lugs of power transformer to connectors of mains filter.

3-35

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Check that new power transformer is wired according to country-specific requirements. Adjust voltage range if necessary (see Figure «

Adjusting voltage range on power transformer

«.

230 V voltage range

110 V voltage range

Fabius

®

Fig. 20:

Adjusting voltage range on power transformer

Make sure to use the correct fuses for 110 V or 230 V supply:

100 V = 2 AT, 230 V = 1 AT

• Connect power transformer cable connector to connection

1

of

Power Supply PCB.

T4L

X 4

X20

X6

X8

1

T3,15L

X 2

Fig. 21:

Power Supply PCB; connecting power transformer cable connector

3-36

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Fabius trolley.

• Connect hoses and cables to control box.

• Check control box function according to Test Certificate.

14.6

Power Supply PCB

14.6.1

General Information About the Power Supply PCB

In case of malfunctioning, replace mains fuses (located in the power receptacle assembly), fuses F1, F2, F4, and F5 (located on Power Supply PCB), or complete

Power Supply PCB.

14.6.2

Testing the Power Supply PCB in the Debug Mode

• Check voltages of Power Supply PCB in the debug mode:

U +24 = +24 V (23.0 V through 35.0 V)

U +12 = +12 V (10.8 V through 13.2 V)

U –12 = –12 V (–10.8 V through –13.2 V)

14.6.3

Testing the Power Supply PCB

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from trolley (see » Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box «).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

3-37

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

®

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

TIP:TI PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 22:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

• Check that fuses on Power Supply PCB are OK.

If fuses on Power Supply PCB are not OK, proceed as follows:

• Plug control box power cord into AC outlet.

• Switch control box on.

3-38

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Measure the following voltages: approx. 27 VDC, 5 VDC, and approx. 40 VAC

(see Figure «Test points on Power Supply PCB, measuring output voltages».

approx.

27 VDC

5 VDC

X 4

X8

T4L

X20

X6

approx.

40 VAC

T3,15L

X 2

Fig. 23:

Test points on Power Supply PCB, measuring output voltages

3-39

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

14.7

Plug Connector X20 (free)

3

4

5

Table 4: Voltage Regulator

Pin

1

2

Designation

GND

FB

+28V_1

+28V_2

FB

Value

approx. +2 V during AC supply

+28 V

+28 V approx. +2 V during AC supply

6

GND

14.8

Rechargeable Battery Connector X11

The following voltages should be measured according to the current operating mode

(battery-powered, AC-powered, or ON/OFF switch set to OFF): on-load voltage, charging voltage, off-load voltage.

14.9

Voltage Supply to 5V Voltage Regulator X8

This connector creates the connection between the +24 V voltage supply and the 5V voltage regulator and motor.

14.10

Status Signals X2

Table 5: Status Signals

Pin

1

2

Designation

Netz_S1

Value

OFF = 8.7 V

ON = 0 V to 3

3

4

Netz_S2

NETZ/BATT NETZ (AC) = 4.8 V

BATT = 0.6 V to

GND

5

6

NMI/POWERFAIL not used

®

3-40

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.10.1 Dismounting/Replacing the Power Supply PCB

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from trolley (see » Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box «).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

TIP:TI PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 24:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-41

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect connectors from connections

1

.

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

T4L

X20

1

T3,15L

X 4

1

1

X8

X6

1

1

X 2

Fig. 25:

Power Supply PCB, disconnecting connectors

• Remove nut and washer

2

of rectifier mount.

X 4

X20

X6

X8

T4L

T3,15L

2

X 2

Fig. 26:

Power Supply PCB, removing nut and washer

• Remove fixing screws

1

.

3-42

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

1

1

X 4

X20

X6

X8

1

T4L

1

1

2

T3,15L

X 2

1

Fig. 27:

Power Supply PCB, removing fixing screws

• Replace the Power Supply PCB with a new one.

• Secure new Power Supply PCB using fixing screws

1

.

• Secure rectifier using nut and washer

2

(see Figure «Power Supply PCB, removing fixing screws»).

• Install new Power Supply PCB into control box using reverse method of that used for removal.

3-43

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Reconnect connectors to respective connections

1

on Power Supply PCB.

Fabius

®

1

T4L

X20

1

T3,15L

X 4

1

1

X8

X6

1

1

X 2

Fig. 28:

Power Supply PCB, reconnecting connectors

• Assemble control box using reverse method of that used for disassembly.

• Mount control box to Fabius trolley.

• Check control box function according to Test Certificate.

3-44

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.11

Control PCB

14.11.1 General Information About the Control PCB

In case of malfunctioning, replace the complete Control PCB.

After replacing the Control PCB, carry out «Init System» and calibrate the pressure sensor, the flow sensor, and the PEEP valve.

• Replace the rechargeable battery at 3-year intervals.

i

As of the first quarter of 1998, new Control PCBs have been equipped with a Supercap capacitor as standard backup for alarm sound generation. In this case it is not necessary to remove the rechargeable battery from the old Control PCB and to install it on the new one.

Resistor R40 has been set at the factory. Do not change settings of resistor R40.

3-45

Repair Instructions

Pressure sensor

(Paw)

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

X1

D 3

X3

X8

R40

D5

D7

EPROM

L1

L2

G 1

+

B 3

B 1

X13

Rechargeable battery

Differential pressure sensor (

∆

P)

Fig. 29:

Control PCB

14.11.2 Testing the Control PCB

• Check Control PCB in the Debug Mode: (the following will be displayed if the

Control PCB is OK: MON 0000, EEP 0000)

+

3-46

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.12

Control PCB Connections

14.12.1 Connector X23

See X2 Power Supply PCB

14.12.2 Connector X4

See X7 Power PCB

14.12.3 Connector X1 (Membrane Keypad)

11

12

13

14

7

8

9

10

5

6

3

4

Pin

1

2

Table 6: Membrane Keypad

Designation

Line0

Line1

Line2

Line3

Column0

Column1

Column2

Column3

L_MAN

L_IPPV

L_SBY

L_SIL

L_WAR

L_ALA

Value

LED

3-47

Repair Instructions

14.12.4 Connector X3 (Rotary Knob)

6

7

4

5

2

3

Pin

1

Table 7: Rotary Knob

Designation

GNDD

Column2

Line3

FPL_CLCK

FPL_PULS

VCC

Value

Key

Key

+5 V

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

3-48

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.13

Dismounting/Replacing the Control PCB

• Write down the control box configuration data.

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box»).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 30:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-49

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Disconnect connectors from sockets

1

.

• Disconnect connector of cable connection

2

from Display PCB.

• Undo latches and disconnect connector of cable connection

3

from Power PCB.

3

X1

1 1

2

X3

X8

R40

D5

D 3

D7

®

1

L1

L2

G 1

+

B 3

X13

Fig. 31:

Control PCB, disconnecting connectors

• Remove nut

4

from O

2

sensor port.

1 AT

1 AT

ON

OFF

P

Interface M

8

15

Interface C

9

1

Paw

V-Sensor

O

2

-Sensor

Fig. 32:

Rear view of control box, removing nut of O

2

sensor port

3-50

4

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove hose

1

from pressure sensor (Paw).

• Remove fixing screws and washers

2

of pressure sensor (Paw).

• Carefully remove pressure sensor and mount it to new Control PCB.

• Remove EPROM

3

from old Control PCB and mount it to new Control PCB

(

make sure to mount EPROM correctly (direction) into EPROM mount)

.

• Cut cable tie

4

which holds rechargeable battery in place.

• Remove rechargeable battery and mount it to new Control PCB using a new cable tie (

make sure to mount rechargeable battery correctly (direction)

.

• To avoid wrong connections, mark hoses

5

of flow sensor.

• Disconnect hoses

5

from flow sensor.

X1

D 3

X3

X8

R40

D5

D7

3

G 1

+

4

B 3

5

L1

L2

2

1

5

X13

Fig. 33:

Removing pressure sensor (Paw), differential pressure sensor, rechargeable battery and EPROM

3-51

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fixing screws

1

.

1

1

X1

D 3

X3

X8

R40

D5

G 1

1

+

D7

1

In newer units, the

9V rechargeable battery has been replaced with a

Supercap capacitor.

Fabius

®

B 3

L1

L2

1

1

X13

Fig. 34:

Control PCB, removing fixing screws

• Replace Control PCB with a new one.

• Secure new Control PCB to control box using fixing screws

1

.

• Connect hoses to flow sensor of new Control PCB

(make sure to connect hoses as marked previously)

.

• Connect connectors.

• Secure O

2

port)

.

sensor port using nut (

do not forget washer on inside of O

2

sensor

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Fabius trolley.

• Connect cables and hoses to control box (see markings).

• Carry out a system initialization (system init, keycode 112).

• Enter previously recorded menu settings.

3-52

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Calibrate pressure sensor (Paw) in the DrägerService Mode.

• Calibrate flow sensor in the debug mode.

• Re-calibrate PEEP valve.

• Calibrate oxygen concentration in the debug mode.

• Check Control PCB function according to Test Certificate.

3-53

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

14.14

Pressure Sensor (Paw) on Control PCB

In case of failure, replace the complete pressure sensor (Paw) on the Control PCB.

After replacement, calibrate the pressure sensor (Paw) in the DrägerService Mode.

14.14.1 Testing the Pressure Sensor (Paw)

• Test pressure sensor (Paw) in the debug mode: “P” and “Plat”.

14.14.2 Dismounting/Replacing the Pressure Sensor (Paw)

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box»).

®

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 35:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-54

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect silicone hose

1

from pressure sensor (Paw).

• Remove fixing screws and washers

2

from pressure sensor (Paw).

D5

D7

D 3

G 1

+

B 3

1

2

L1

L2

2

X13

Fig. 36:

Control PCB, removing pressure sensor (Paw)

• Carefully disconnect pressure sensor (Paw) from terminal strip.

• Replace pressure sensor (Paw) with a new one.

• Secure new pressure sensor (Paw) to Control PCB using fixing screws and washers

2

.

• Connect silicone hose to port

1

of new pressure sensor (Paw) (see Figure

«Control PCB, removing pressure sensor (Paw)»).

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Gas Box.

• Connect cables and hoses to control box.

• Calibrate pressure sensor (Paw) in the DrägerService Mode.

• Check pressure sensor (Paw) function according to Test Certificate.

3-55

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Repair Instructions

14.14.3 Dismounting/Replacing the Pressure Sensor (Flow) i

Two different types of differential pressure sensors for flow measurement may exist in the field. Fabius CE printed circuit boards are designed for either type. However, we recommend using the type manufactured by Data Instruments.

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box»).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

TIP:TI PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 37:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

2

1

3-56

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Mark silicone hoses for later reassembly and disconnect them from pressure sensor (flow).

• Remove fixing screws and washers from pressure sensor (flow)

2

.

D5

D7

D 3

G 1

+

B 3

2

L1

L2

1

X13

Fig. 38:

Removing pressure sensor (flow) from Control PCB

2

• Carefully disconnect the existing pressure sensor (Flow) from terminal strip

1

.

• Replace the old pressure sensor (flow) with a new one.

• Secure new pressure sensor (flow) to Control PCB using fixing screws and washers

2

.

• Connect silicone hoses to new pressure sensor.

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Gas Box.

• Connect cables and hoses to control box.

• Calibrate pressure sensor (flow) in the standby mode.

• Check pressure sensor (flow) function according to Test Certificate.

3-57

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

14.15

Power PCB

In case of failure, replace the complete Power PCB. The EPROM is not included in the new Power PCB. It must be removed from the old Power PCB and mounted to the new one.

®

D 6

U 1

EPROM

D 8

Jumper plugged = GEC motor

Jumper unplugged = Mavillor motor

V5

V12

K1

V11

L 1

V4

V18

X 1

X 3

Fig. 39:

Power PCB, location of EPROM

i

Remove EPROM from Power PCB and mount EPROM onto new

Power PCB.

Make sure to mount EPROM correctly (direction) into EPROM mount.

14.15.1 Testing the Power PCB

• Test Power PCB in the debug mode: (the following is displayed if Power PCB is

OK: VEN 0000, no temperature error).

Rev. B

3-58

Fabius

®

14.16

Power PCB Connections

14.16.1 Interface M (X1)

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Pin 1

Fig. 40:

Location of pin 1 on interface M (X1)

1

2

3

Table 8: Pin Assignment

Pin Designation

4

5

AKKU+

MOTOR1

GEHÄUSE

GND

MOTOR2

AKKU-

Value During Operation, Connector

Disconnected

+27 V to 5

+27V to 4

3-59

Repair Instructions

14.16.2 Interface C (X3)

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Pin 1

Pin 15

Fig. 41:

Location of pin 1 and pin 15 on interface C (X3)

Table 9: Pin Assignment of Pneumatics Interface C (X3)

Pin Designation Value During Operation, Connector

Disconnected

9

10

11

12

6

7

8

13

14

15

3

4

5

1

2

PEEP

Index

VCC

Phase1

GNDD

+5V to GNDD

PUMPE

MV2 not used

P_MEMBRAN +5V to GNDD

+5V to GNDD

+5V to GNDD

VCC

End_Sch

VPP_SAVE

MV1

+5V to GNDD

+5V to GNDD

+27V to GNDD not used

+27 V to GNDD VPP_SAVE

GNDD

Phase0 +5V to GND

14.16.3 Connector X9 (Fan)

This connector is supplied with 27 VDC when the fan is activated.

3-60

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.16.4 Rechargeable Battery Connector X11

The following voltages should be measured according to the current operating mode

(battery-powered, AC-powered, or ON/OFF switch off): on-load voltage, charging voltage, off-load voltage.

14.16.5 Display Backlighting Connector X4

Approximately 1000 VAC are applied at off-load, approximately 280 V AC are present during operation.

i

Voltage dips slightly during measurement.

14.16.6 Connector X8 (connection to Power Supply PCB)

During operation, +5 V are measured across red (+5V) and black wire (GND), and approx. +27 V across black (GND) and blue wire (motor).

3-61

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.16.7 Connector to Control PCB X7

23

24

25

26

12

13

14

15

8

9

10

11

6

7

4

5

2

3

Pin

1

20

21

22

16

17

18

19

Table 10: Connector Pin Assignment of Connector X7

Designation

VCC

VCC

VCC

VCC

MV1_AN

MV2_AN

PEEP_AN

Value

+5V to GNDD not used not used

TXD0

RXD0

I_ZU_E

RESET

Quit_0

MOTI

Horn_Reg

Pressure

GNDD

MV3_AN

FLOW

P_MEMBRA

OFF_ON

Shutdown_Stat us

GNDD

GNDD

GNDD

GNDD not used

14.16.8 Jumper X10, EPROM Size

Plugged between pin 1 and 2

Fabius

®

3-62

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.16.9 Jumper X13, Motor

Jumper plugged with GEC motor, unplugged with Mavillor motor.

14.16.10 Jumper X12, not used

14.17

Dismounting/Replacing the Power PCB

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the

Flowmeter Chasis»).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 42:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-63

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Remove EPROM

1

from old Power PCB and mount it to new Power PCB (

make sure to mount EPROM correctly (direction) into EPROM mount)

.

®

X4

D 6

U 1

1

D 8

V5

V12

K1

V11

L 1

V4

V18

X 1

X 3

Fig. 43:

Power PCB, installing EPROM on new Power PCB

3-64

Rev. B

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect connectors from sockets

1

.

• Remove nuts and washers (located on rear panel of control box) from interface

2

.

• Remove nuts and washers (located on rear panel of control box) from interface

3

.

1

D 6

U 1

1

D 8

1

V5

V12

K1

V11

L 1

V4

1

1

X 1

2

Fig. 44:

Power PCB, disconnecting connectors

X 3

V18

3

3-65

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fixing screws

1

from Power PCB.

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1 1

D 6

U 1

D 8

1

V5

1

V12

1

K1

V11

L 1

V4

1

X 1

Fig. 45:

Power PCB, removing fixing screws

X 3

V18

1

• Replace Power PCB with new Power PCB.

• Secure new Power PCB to control box using fixing screws

1

.

• Connect connectors to respective sockets.

i

The fan connector is not coded. It can be connected on either ends.

• Secure pneumatics interface socket to rear panel of control box.

• Secure ventilator interface socket to rear panel of control box.

• Mount top cover to control box.

3-66

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Mount control box to Fabius trolley.

• Connect cables/hoses to control box.

• Calibrate pressure sensor in the DrägerService Mode.

• Calibrate flow sensor in the debug mode.

• Calibrate oxygen concentration in the debug mode.

• Check Power PCB function according to Test Certificate.

3-67

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

14.18

Front Panel (complete)

The front panel comprises the front frame, membrane keypad, rotary knob and display PCB. In case of failure, the complete front panel, rotary knob or display can also be replaced separately.

14.18.1 Testing the Membrane Keypad Elements

• Press control box keys and check response (LEDs on respective key should come on when key is pressed).

14.18.2 Dismounting/Replacing the Front Panel

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box»).

®

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

TIP:TI PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 46:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-68

Fabius

®

• Disconnect connector

1

.

• Disconnect connector

2

.

• Disconnect connector

3

.

• Disconnect connector

4

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

1 2

3

4

X6

X1

X3

Fig. 47:

Top view of control box (cover removed), disconnecting connectors

3-69

Repair Instructions

• Remove rotary knob cap

1

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

man./ spont.

IPPV Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE TIP:TI PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 48:

Front view of control box, removing rotary knob cap

1

• Remove hexagon nut

2

.

man./ spont.

IPPV Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE TIP:TI PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 49:

Front view of control box, removing hexagon nut

• Remove fixing screws

3

.

2

3

Fig. 50:

Right-hand view of control box, removing fixing screws

3-70

Fabius

®

• Remove fixing screws

1

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

1

Fig. 51:

Left-hand view of control box, removing fixing screws

• Pull front panel slightly away from control box.

• Remove screw and washer

2

from front panel.

• Disconnect all necessary cables and wire harnesses from front panel to control box to allow removal.

2

Fig. 52:

Top view control box (top cover removed), removing screw and washer

3-71

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

2

1

1

3

Fig. 53:

Rear view of front panel, removing Display PCB

• Secure Display PCB to new front panel using fixing screws and washers

1

.

• Connect ground to new front panel.

• Secure new front panel to control box.

• Connect connector

2

to Control PCB and connector

3

to Power PCB.

• Connect graphics display cable from Control PCB to display.

• Mount rotary knob assembly to front panel.

• Push rotary knob cap onto rotary knob.

• Connect rotary knob connector to Control PCB.

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Gas Box.

• Connect cables and hoses to control box.

• Check function of membrane keypad, backlighting, and display during operation.

3-72

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.19

Display PCB

In case of failure, replace the complete Display PCB.

14.19.1 Testing the Display PCB

• Check display function during operation.

14.19.2 Dismounting/Replacing the Display PCB

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box»).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 54:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-73

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect connector

1

.

• Disconnect connector

2

.

• Disconnect connector

3

.

• Disconnect connector

4

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

2

3

X6

X1

X3

4

Fig. 55:

Top view of control box (top cover removed), disconnecting connectors

• Remove fixing screws

5

.

5

Fig. 56:

Right-hand view of control box, removing fixing screws

3-74

Fabius

®

• Remove fixing screws

1

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

1

Fig. 57:

Left-hand view of control box, removing fixing screws

• Pull front panel

2

slightly away from control box.

• Remove fixing screws and washers

3

of Display PCB.

3

Fig. 58:

Rear view of front panel, removing fixing screws and washers

3

2

3-75

Repair Instructions

• Remove label

1

.

• Remove fixing screws

2

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

2

HIGH VOLTAGE

C A U T I O N

Fig. 59:

View of dismounted display

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. DISCONNECT THE

ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING.

2

• Mount backlighting lamp to new Display PCB.

• Secure new Display PCB to front panel using fixing screws and washers.

• Mount front panel to frame of control box.

• Connect connectors to respective sockets.

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Gas Box.

• Check function of membrane keypad, backlighting, and display during operation.

3-76

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

14.19.3 Dismounting/Replacing the Backlighting Lamp

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Remove control box from Gas Box (see «Removing the Control Box from the Gas

Box»).

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove lateral screws

1

from control box

2

and lift top cover

3

in direction of

A

and away from control box

2

.

• Place top cover

3

of control box

2

aside.

A

3

1

1

2

man./ spont.

IPPV

IPPV

Paw [mbar]

60

40

20

0

Pmax V

T f

IPPV

TI:TE

FiO2

MV

Paw

24

7.9

28

TIP:TI

80

21

12.0

3.0

40

8

PEEP

1..2..

0

Menu

Fig. 60:

Front view of control box, removing top cover

3-77

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect connector

1

.

• Disconnect connector

2

.

• Disconnect connector

3

.

• Disconnect connector

4

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

2

3

X6

X1

X3

4

Fig. 61:

Top view of control box (top cover removed), disconnecting connectors

• Remove fixing screws

5

.

5

Fig. 62:

Right-hand view of control box, removing fixing screws

3-78

Fabius

®

• Remove fixing screws

1

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

1

Fig. 63:

Left-hand view of control box, removing fixing screws

• Pull front panel

2

slightly away from control box.

• Carefully cut cable tie which fastens all front panel cables together.

• Remove fixing screws and washers

3

.

2

3

Fig. 64:

Rear view of front panel, removing fixing screws and washers

3

3-79

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Turn Display PCB such that display screen is up.

• Remove label

1

.

• Remove fixing screws

2

.

Fabius

®

1

2

2

HIGH VOLTAGE

C A U T I O N

Fig. 65:

View of dismounted display assembly

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. DISCONNECT THE

ELECTRIC POWER BEFORE SERVICING.

• Replace the backlighting lamp with a new one.

• Attach new label below display.

• Mount display to front panel.

• Mount front panel to frame of control box.

• Connect connectors to respective sockets.

• Mount top cover to control box.

• Mount control box to Gas Box.

• Check backlighting lamp function during operation.

3-80

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

15 Gas Box

15.1

Gas Box Components (left-hand side)

SV00389

1

7

9

5

6

3

4

Fig. 66:

Left-hand view of gas box

2

Key

3

4

1

2

5

Container

Input valve, vent

O

2

connection

N

2

O connection

AIR connection

8

8

9

6

7

O

2

cylinder connection

N

2

O cylinder connection

Gas failure alarm

O

2

outlet port (ejector)

3-81

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

15.2

Gas Box Components (right-hand side)

Fabius

®

5

4

Fig. 67:

Right-hand view of gas box

3

Key

1

2

3

4

5

Alarm whistle

DR2 (N

2

O pressure regulator)

DR3 (AIR pressure regulator)

DR1 (O

2

pressure regulator)

Ejector

2

1

3-82

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

15.3

Removing the Gas Box

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Disconnect power plug from AC outlet.

• Disconnect gas supply hoses from pipeline system.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover

2

and pull cover

2

slightly out.

1

2

1

1

Fig. 68:

Rear view of Fabius, removing gas box

3-83

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

15.4

Pressure Regulators

Replace pressure regulators after six years of service or install “Pressure Regulator” spare parts set. See replacement interval matrix on Page 4.5 of the Test Certificate.

15.4.1

Testing the Pressure Regulators

• Check pressure regulators according to Test Certificate.

15.4.2

Mounting the «Pressure Regulator» Spare Parts Set

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Disconnect power plug from AC outlet.

• Disconnect gas supply hoses from pipeline system.

• Remove gas box (see » Removing the Gas Box «).

• Mark hoses of respective pressure regulator for later reassembly, for example,

1

for outlet,

2

for inlet, in order to avoid interchanging of inlet and outlet of pressure regulator

(note the arrow marking on pressure regulator)

.

®

1

2

O2 pressure regulator

AIR pressure

Fig. 69:

Marking pressure regulator hoses

3-84

N2O pressure regulator

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove hoses

1

of respective pressure regulator (O

2 retaining rings

2

and pulling out hoses simultaneously.

/AIR/N

2

O) by pushing in

• Remove fixing screw

3

and remove pressure regulator.

2

1

1

2

3

Fig. 70:

Disconnecting hoses from pressure regulator

Pressure regulator

3-85

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Before installing the “Pressure Regulator” spare parts set, the pressure regulator must be closed (depressurized) as follows:

• Unlock adjusting ring

1

(pull in direction of

A

).

• Turn adjusting ring

1

counterclockwise in direction of

B

as far as it will go.

• Remove nut

2

.

• Mount new “Pressure Regulator” spare parts set (sealing ring, diaphragm, and locking bolt) to dismounted pressure regulator.

• Mount pressure regulator.

®

A

B

1

2

Sealing ring

Diaphragm

Locking bolt

Fig. 71:

Pressure regulator components

3-86

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Secure respective pressure regulator to gas box using locknut

1

.

2

1

Fig. 72:

Adjusting/securing pressure regulator

15.4.3

Adjusting the Pressure Regulator

• Use a T-piece to connect a separate pressure gauge (range: 0 to 6 bar) to outlet of pressure regulator to be adjusted.

• Reconnect hoses (according to previously applied markings).

• Adjust a flow of 1 L/min and set O

2 pressure regulator to 3.0 bar ±0.2 bar using adjusting ring

2

(see Figure «Adjusting/securing pressure regulator»).

(Pressure regulator can be opened by turning adjusting ring clockwise).

• Adjust a flow of 1 L/min and set N

2

O pressure regulator to 2.0 bar ±0.2 bar using adjusting ring

2

(see Figure «Adjusting/securing pressure regulator»).

(Pressure regulator can be opened by turning adjusting ring clockwise).

• Adjust a flow of 1 L/min and set AIR pressure regulator to 1.5 bar ±0.2 bar using adjusting ring

2

(see Figure «Adjusting/securing pressure regulator»).

(Pressure regulator can be opened by turning adjusting ring clockwise).

• Push adjusting ring

2

downward in order to fix set value.

• Remove T-piece and separate pressure gauge from gas box.

• Check that hose system is free of leaks (for example by using leak detector spray).

• Reassemble Fabius using the reverse method of that used for disassembly.

• Check pressure regulator function according to Test Certificate.

3-87

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

16 Cosy Compact Breathing System Components

Fabius

®

Fig. 73:

Exploded view of the compact breathing system «Cosy»

3-88

Fabius

®

1 2 3

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

4 5 6 7

SV00435

15

Rev. B

14 13 12 11 10

Fig. 74:

Ghost view of the compact breathing system «Cosy»

Key

9 8

5

6

7

3

4

1

2

Expiratory port

Expiratory valve

Flow sensor

PEEP valve

8

9

Fresh-gas port

Ventilator port

10 Fresh-gas decoupling valve

11 Inspiratory valve

MAN/SPONT-IPPV selector

APL valve

12 Pressure measuring port

13 Inspiratory port

Anesthetic gas scavenging port 14 Breathing bag terminal

15 Sample-gas return line port

3-89

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

16.1

Fresh-Gas Decoupling Valve

In case of repair, replace the valve disc, the valve seat, or the sealing rings. Carefully glue valve seat into place using silicone glue.

16.1.1

Fresh-Gas Decoupling Valve Components

®

1

2

3

4

5

Fig. 75:

Fresh-gas decoupling valve components

Key

3

4

1

2

5

Screw plug

O-ring seal

Spring cross

Valve disc

Valve seat

3-90

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

16.2

Inspiratory Valve

In case of repair, replace the gasket, the valve disc, and the valve seat, or the complete inspiratory valve. Carefully glue valve seat into place using silicone glue.

16.2.1

Inspiratory Valve Components

Fig. 76:

Inspiratory valve components

Key

3

4

5

1

2

Ring nut

Cap

Gasket

Valve disc

Valve seat

3-91

1

2

3

4

5

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

16.3

Expiratory Valve

In case of repair, replace the gasket, the valve disc, the valve seat, or the complete expiratory valve. Carefully glue valve seat into place using silicone glue.

16.3.1

Expiratory Valve Components

®

1

Fig. 77:

Expiratory valve components

Key

3

4

1

2

5

Ring nut

Inspection cap

Gasket

Valve disk

Valve crater

3-92

2

4

3

5

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

16.4

PEEP Valve

In case of repair, replace the O-ring, the socket, the diaphragm, the valve seat, the sealing ring, or the complete PEEP valve. Carefully glue valve seat into place using silicone glue.

16.4.1

PEEP Valve Components

1

2

3

4

5

6

Fig. 78:

PEEP valve components

Key

4

5

6

1

2

3

Screw plug with nozzle

O-ring

Socket

Diaphragm

Valve seat

Sealing ring

3-93

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

16.5

APL Valve

In case of repair, replace the complete APL valve.

16.5.1

APL Valve Components

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

2

3

Fig. 79:

APL valve components

Key

1

2

3

APL valve ring nut

Cosy APL valve

Crater screw

16.5.2

Replacing the APL Valve

• Remove the APL valve ring nut from the old APL valve.

• Mount the APL valve ring nut to the new APL valve.

• Mount the new APL valve to the Cosy compact breathing system mount.

• Perform a function check on Fabius.

3-94

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

16.6

Cosy Absorber

In case of repair, replace individual absorber components or the complete absorber.

16.6.1

Cosy Absorber Components

5

1

2

3

4

Fig. 80:

Exploded view of the Cosy absorber

Key

1

2

3

Absorber cover

O-ring

Lip seal

4

5

Absorber canister

Absorber insert

3-95

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

17 Circle Absorption System Components

Fabius

®

18

17

16

3

4

1

2

5

15

14

13

12

11

6

7

10

9

8

Fig. 81:

Circle absorption system components

Key

7

8

5

6

9

3

4

1

2

Inspiratory valve

Pressure measuring port

Fresh-gas decoupling valve

Fresh-gas port

Absorber no. 1

Absorber no. 2 (optional)

Clamping screw

Breathing bag

Anesthetic gas scavenging port

3-96

10

Check valve

11

APL valve

12

MAN/SPONT-IPPV selector

13

Flow sensor

14

Expiratory valve

15

PEEP valve

16

Ventilator port

17

Inspiratory port

18

O

2

sensor

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

17.1

Fresh-Gas Decoupling Valve

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the valve disc, the screen element, the valve seat, the sealing rings, or the complete fresh-gas decoupling valve.

17.1.1

Fresh-Gas Decoupling Valve Components

6

5

1

2

3

4

Fig. 82:

Fresh-gas decoupling valve components

Key

4

5

6

1

2

3

Sealing rings

Valve disc

Valve seat

Threaded ring

Fresh-gas port

Spring cross

3-97

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

17.2

Inspiratory Valve

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the sealing rings, the valve disc, the valve seat, the screen element, the clamp ring, or the complete inspiratory valve assembly.

17.2.1

Inspiratory Valve Components

®

1

2

3

4

5

Fig. 83:

Inspiratory valve components

Key

5

6

7

3

4

8

1

2

Ring nut

Sealing rings

Valve disc

Valve seat

Sealing ring

Sealing ring

Screen element

Clamp ring

3-98

6

7

8

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

17.3

Expiratory Valve

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the sealing ring, the valve disc, the valve seat, the spring ring, or the complete expiratory valve.

17.3.1

Expiratory Valve Components

1

2

3

4

5

6

Fig. 84:

Expiratory valve components

Key

6

7

4

5

1

2

3

Ring nut

PEEP valve

Upper part of the expiratory valve

Valve disc

Valve seat

Sealing ring

Spring ring

3-99

7

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

17.4

PEEP Valve

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the diaphragm, the spacer, the top part of the

PEEP valve, or the complete PEEP valve.

17.4.1

PEEP Valve Components

®

1

2

3

4

5

Fig. 85:

Components of the PEEP valve

Key

1

2

3

4

5

Top part of the PEEP valve

Spacer

Diaphragm

Diaphragm plate

Lower part of the PEEP valve

3-100

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

17.5

Absorber

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the screen diaphragm, the sealing ring, the plexiglass cover, or the complete absorber.

17.5.1

Absorber Components

1

2

3

4

5

Fig. 86:

Sectional view of the absorber

Key

1

2

3

Upper part of the absorber

4

Plexiglass cover

5

Screen diaphragm

Lower part of the absorber

Sealing ring

3-101

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

17.6

APL Valve

In case of repair, replace the complete APL valve.

17.6.1

Replacing the APL Valve

• Remove the APL valve ring nut from the old APL valve.

• Mount the APL valve ring nut to the new APL valve.

• Mount the new APL valve to the Cosy compact breathing system mount.

• Perform a function check on Fabius.

Fabius

®

3-102

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

18 General Information About the Flowmeter Block

The flowmeter block is available in several versions. Depending on the drive gases used, it comes with four flowmeter tubes (2 x N

2

0, 2 x O

2

) or five flowmeter tubes (2 x

N

2

O, 2 x O

2

, and 1 x AIR).

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the shield, the flow control valves, the pressure gauges, the rotary knobs, the rotary knob caps, the flowmeter tubes, or the complete flowmeter block.

18.1

Flowmeter Block Components

O2 pressure

O2 flowmeter

S-ORC

Oxygen-Ratio-Controller

AIR pressure

N2O pressure

Shield

AIR flowmeter tube

N2O flowmeter

O

2

AIR N

2

O

O2 control valve

AIR control valve

Fig. 87:

Flowmeter block (3-gas version)

N2O control valve

18.1.1

Testing the Flowmeter Block

• Check the flowmeter block using a separate flowmeter.

3-103

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

18.1.2

Dismounting/Replacing the Flowmeter Block

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Disconnect device from gas supplies.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from flowmeter block

2

.

• Pull flowmeter block slightly out making sure that shield

3

of flowmeter block

2

does not fall down.

• Slide shield

3

out of the flowmeter block

2

.

• Place shield

3

shield aside.

®

1

Fig. 88:

Removing the flowmeter block

• Pull flowmeter block slightly out.

Fabius

S-ORC

Oxygen-Ratio-Controller

1

3

2

3-104

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Before disconnecting hoses from rear panel of flowmeter block, mark them for later reassembly.

• Push in respective retaining ring

1

at hose connections

2

and, at the same time, pull out respective hose.

• Remove flowmeter block.

1

2

1

2

2

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

Fig. 89:

Rear view of the flowmeter block (3-gas version), disconnecting hoses

3-105

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Before disconnecting hoses

1

, mark them for later reassembly.

Fabius

®

1

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

140 lg

1

1

1

Fig. 90:

Rear view of the S-ORC, marking hoses

• Push in respective retaining ring

2

at hose connections and, at the same time, pull out marked hoses.

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

2

Fig. 91:

Rear view of the S-ORC, removing hoses

2

3-106

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fixing screws

1

of S-ORC and mount S-ORC to new flowmeter block.

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

1 1

Fig. 92:

S-ORC, removing the fixing screws

• Connect marked hoses to S-ORC by pushing them firmly into hose connections.

• Connect marked hoses of Fabius to new flowmeter block by pushing them firmly into hose connections.

• Check that hoses are properly connected by pulling them without using too much force.

• Mount shield to new flowmeter block.

• Mount new flowmeter block to Fabius.

• Check hose connections of flowmeter block and of S-ORC for leaks.

• Check function of flowmeter block using the Test Certificate.

3-107

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

19 General Information About the S-ORC

The S-ORC is mounted to the flowmeter block. In case of repair, adjust it or, if it cannot be adjusted, replace the complete S-ORC.

Fabius

®

S-ORC

Fig. 93:

Rear view of flowmeter block, showing location of the S-ORC

3-108

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

19.1

Deleted H-ORC China Version. For information refer to Fabius

2600 series Service Manual P/N 4116028

Fig. 94:

deleted

Fig. 95:

deleted

3-109

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Fig. 96:

deleted

Fig. 97:

deleted

3-110

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Fig. 98:

deleted

Fig. 99:

deleted

3-111

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

19.2

Testing the S-ORC

19.2.1

Mechanical Pre-Adjustment

• Adjust adjusting screw

1

for O

2 element

2

.

such that it protrudes about 1 mm from valve

Fabius

®

1

2

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

Fig.100:

S-ORC, adjusting the O

2

flow

• Adjust adjusting screw

3

for N

2 element

4

.

O such that it protrudes about 1 mm from valve

5

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

3

4

Fig.101:

S-ORC, adjusting the N

2

O flow

• Adjust distance between upper edge of valve elements

4

and

5

(see Figure above) and housing to approximately 10 mm.

3-112

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

19.2.2

High-Pressure Adjustment

• Use a test pressure regulator to adjust a high pressure of 5 ±0.1 bar at a flow of

3 ±1 L/min.

• Use the O

2

pressure regulator to adjust a high pressure of 3 ±0.1 bar at a flow of

3 ±1 L/min.

• Use the N

2

O pressure regulator to adjust a high pressure of 2 ±0.1 bar at a flow of 3 ±1 L/min.

19.2.3

Leak Tests i

Carry out leak tests with the S-ORC fitted.

Diaphragm Compartments to Atmosphere

• Close all flowmeter block control valves.

• Disconnect fresh-gas hose from fresh-gas outlet.

• Remove anesthetic vaporizer.

• Connect a pressure gauge (measuring range greater than 1 bar) to fresh-gas hose.

• Build up a pressure of approximately 0.5 bar by opening O

AIR flow control valve.

2

flow control valve or

Flowmeter block safety valve should not open yet. No gas should escape from the S-

ORC and/or S-ORC vent hole.

Valve Seat

No N

2

O should escape when O

2

flow control valve is closed and N

2 valve is fully open.

O flow control

19.2.4

Adjusting the S-ORC

• If S-ORC is outside tolerance of operating point, concentration values, or flow specified in the Test Certificate, check/adjust S-ORC as described below.

3-113

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

19.2.5

Checking/Adjusting the O

2

Control Pressure

• Connect a pressure gauge (measuring range 100 mbar) to O

2 using a T-piece.

side inlet port

1

• Adjust O

2

flow control valve to 0.20 L/min.

The control pressure should be 25 mbar (±1 mbar).

• If the control pressure is not 25 mbar (±1 mbar) use adjusting screw

2

to adjust the control pressure on the O

2

side.

®

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

2

1

Fig.102:

S-ORC, adjusting the O

2

control pressure

3-114

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

19.2.6

Adjusting the Operating Point

• Fully open N

2

O flow control valve on flowmeter block.

• Use O

2

flow control valve to adjust O

2

flow to 0.20 L/min.

The N

2

O flow should be 0.05 L/min (±0.03 L/min).

• If N

2

O flow is not 0.05 L/min (±0.03 L/min), proceed as follows:

• Loosen locknut

1

.

• Turn adjusting screw

2

counter-clockwise to decrease N

2

O flow.

• Turn adjusting screw

2

clockwise to increase N

2

O flow.

2

1

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

Fig.103:

S-ORC, adjusting the operating point

• Secure locknut

1

.

• Re-check operating point.

N

2

O flow should be 0.05 L/min (±0.03 L/min).

3-115

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

Repair Instructions

19.2.7

Fine Adjusting O

2

Concentration (O

2

/N

2

O ratio) i

Make sure O

2

sensor is functioning properly and has been calibrated. Check O

2

1 vol.% O

2

).

concentration using an O

2

analyzer (accuracy:

• Fully open N

2

O flow control valve on flowmeter block.

• Adjust O

2

flow control valve to 1 L/min.

N

2

O flow should be 3 L/min (±0.3 L/min). O

2

concentration at fresh-gas outlet should be 25 vol.% O

2

(±3 vol.% O

2

).

• If N

2

O flow is not 3 L/min (±0.3 L/min) or if O not 25 vol.% O

2

(±3 vol.% O

2

2

concentration at fresh-gas outlet is

), proceed as follows:

• Use adjusting screw

1

on N

2

O side to adjust above mentioned values.

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

1

Fig.104:

S-ORC, adjusting the N

2

O flow

3-116

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

19.2.8

Testing the O

2

Concentration (O

2

/N

2

O Ratio)

O

2

Concentration Test

• Make sure O

2

sensor is functioning properly and has been calibrated.

• After adjusting/readjusting S-ORC valve, check O

2 analyzer (accuracy: 1 vol.% O

2

).

concentration using an O

2

O

2

Flow (L/min)

0.5 L/min

±0.05 L/min

1.0 L/min ±0.1 L/min

3.0 L/min ±0.2 L/min

Fully open N control valve.

2

O flow

Concentration (vol.%

O

2

)

22 to 33

22 to 28

22 to 33

• If you do not need to adjust/readjust the previous S-ORC valve settings or if you have replaced the S-ORC, test according to Test Certificate using an O

2

(accuracy: 1 vol.% O

2

).

analyzer

19.2.9

Flow Test

• Fully open N

2

O flow control valve.

• Slowly open O

2

flow control valve.

While the O

2

flow increases, the N

2

O flow should increase to more than 9 L/min.

• Close O

2

flow control valve slowly and evenly.

The N

2

O flow should decrease slowly and evenly.

• Test S-ORC using Test Certificate.

3-117

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

19.3

Dismounting/Replacing the S-ORC

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Disconnect device from gas supplies.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from flowmeter block

2

.

• Make sure shield

3

does not fall down, and pull flowmeter block

2

slightly out.

®

S-ORC

Oxygen-Ratio-Controller

1

1

Fig.105:

Removing the flowmeter block

Fabius

• Slide shield

3

of flowmeter block

2

sideways and place it aside.

3

2

3-118

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Before disconnecting hoses from rear panel of flowmeter block, mark them for later reassembly.

• Push in respective retaining ring

1

at hose connector

2

and, at the same time, disconnect respective hose from S-ORC.

• Remove flowmeter block.

1

2

1

2

2

1

2

1

1

2

2

1

Fig.106:

Rear view of the flowmeter block (3-gas version), disconnecting hoses

3-119

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Disconnect hoses from hose connections

1

by pushing in the retaining rings and, at the same time, disconnecting the respective hose.

• Remove S-ORC fixing screws.

• Replace the S-ORC with a new one.

• Mount new S-ORC to flowmeter block.

®

S-ORC

S-ORC

Flowmeter block

1

E

A

N

2

0

0

2

A E

140 lg

1

1

Fig.107:

Side view of the flowmeter block (left)

;

• Connect previously marked hoses to S-ORC.

• Connect previously marked hoses to flowmeter block.

• Mount flowmeter block using the reverse method of that used for dismounting.

• Check S-ORC’s function according to relevant Test Certificate.

3-120

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

20 General Information About the Ventilator

In case of repair, replace (as applicable) the bag-type rolling seal, the rolling seal, or the complete motor.

20.1

Ventilator Components

Safety valve

Auxiliary air valve

Patient system

Cylinder

Bag-type rolling seal

Rolling

Light barrier

Piston

Spindle mount

Motor

Incremental encoder

Fig.108:

Sectional view of the ventilator

20.2

Checking the Ventilator

• Check ventilator in the debug mode (no ventilator error, VEN 0000) or according to Test Certificate.

3-121

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

20.3

Dismounting the Ventilator from the Gas Box

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove fastening screws

1

of cover

2

(secured to rear panel of Fabius) and place cover

2

aside.

1

®

2

1

Fig.109:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the fastening screws

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

3-122

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fastening screws

1

from pneumatics

2

.

• Loosen screw

3

.

• Lift up pneumatics

2

, pull it out carefully, turn it around, and slide it back into its compartment.

3

1

1

Fig.110:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the pneumatics

2

3-123

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove screw and washer

1

from the PEEP valve (see Figure below).

• Disconnect cable connectors

2

from Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Push disconnected cable connectors back into ventilator compartment.

Fabius

®

X2

X6

X1

X3

X4

X5

2

Fig.111:

View of the pneumatics, removing the cable connectors

1

• Disconnect hose

3

(transparent) and hose

4

(blue) and push them back into the ventilator compartment.

3

X2

X3

X6

X1

X4

X5

Fig.112:

Top view of the pneumatics, disconnecting the hoses

4

3-124

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect ventilator connector

1

from uninterruptible power supply.

• Push ventilator connector back into ventilator compartment.

1

Fig.113:

Rear view of Fabius, disconnecting the ventilator connector

• Hold patient system in place (to prevent ventilator from falling down) and remove fixing screw and washer

2

.

Fig.114:

Top view of Fabius, removing fixing screw and washer

• Place ventilator on a stable surface.

20.4

Dismounting/Replacing the Motor

In case of failure, replace the complete ventilator with a new one.

3-125

2

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove ventilator from trolley (see section » Dismounting the Ventilator from the

Gas Box «).

• Unlock patient system

1

by turning screws

2

one quarter of a full turn counterclockwise (90°) using a hexagon socket screw key.

• Remove patient system

1

and place it aside.

2

®

1

2

Fig.115:

Top view of the patient system, removing the patient system

3-126

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove bag-type rolling seal

1

by pulling it out of ventilator in direction of

A

.

A

1

Fig.116:

View of the dismounted ventilator, removing the bag-type rolling seal

• Disconnect hose from connection port

2

.

• Remove fixing screws and washers

3

from cover

4

.

3

2

4

Fig.117:

Side view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

3-127

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover of ventilator and remove hose from inside of cover.

• Place cover aside.

®

1

Fig.118:

Side view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

• Remove fixing screws and washers

2

from cylinder

3

.

• Place cylinder

3

aside.

2

2

2

2

2

Fig.119:

Top view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

3

2

3-128

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fixing screws

1

from piston and rolling seal

2

.

2

1

Fig.120:

Top view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

• Remove piston and rolling seal and place them aside.

• Remove screws

3

from motor-cable strain relief

4

.

• Remove screws

5

from light barrier.

• Carefully cut off cable tie.

5

Fig.121:

Top view of the motor, removing the strain relief

3

4

3-129

Repair Instructions

• Turn motor upside down.

• Disconnect cable connector from motor.

• Remove screws

1

from motor.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

1

1

Fig.122:

Bottom view of the motor, removing the fixing screws

• Replace the motor with a new one.

• Mount motor using the reverse method of that used for dismounting

making sure the cables are installed correctly

.

• Connect cable connector

2

to motor.

yellow brown white green grey

2

Fig.123:

Top view of the ventilator, connecting the cable connector

• Mount ventilator to Fabius using the reverse method of that used for disassembly.

• Check motor’s function according to Test Certificate.

3-130

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

20.4.1

Dismounting/Replacing the Rolling Seal

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Unlock patient system

1

by turning screws

2

one quarter of a full turn counterclockwise (90°) using a hexagon socket screw key.

• Pull out patient system

1

and place it aside.

2

1

2

Fig.124:

Top view of the patient system, removing the patient system

3-131

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove bag-type rolling seal

1

by pulling it out of ventilator in direction of

A

.

A

Fabius

®

1

Fig.125:

View of the dismounted ventilator, removing the bag-type rolling seal

• Disconnect hose from connection port

2

.

• Remove fixing screws

3

from cover.

3

2

Fig.126:

Side view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

3-132

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover of ventilator and remove hose from inside of the cover.

• Place cover aside.

1

Fig.127:

Side view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

• Remove fixing screws and washers

2

of cylinder

3

.

• Push cylinder

3

into ventilator compartment.

2

2

2

2

2

Fig.128:

Top view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

3

2

3-133

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Remove fixing screws

1

of piston and rolling seal

2

.

Fabius

®

2

1

Fig.129:

Top view of the ventilator, removing the fixing screws

• Remove piston and bag rolling seal and place them aside.

• Turn piston upside down.

• Remove rubber ring

3

from piston.

• Remove retaining ring

4

from groove of piston.

4

3

Fig.130:

Removing the retaining ring

• Remove the bag-type rolling seal from piston.

3-134

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• If applicable, turn new bag-type rolling seal

1

inside out (

make sure small groove 2 points outwards

).

• Pull bag-type rolling seal

1

over cylinder down to cylinder bottom

3

(bag-type rolling seal should now protrude about 8 mm from rim of cylinder).

1

2

3

Fig.131:

Pulling the bag-type rolling seal over the cylinder

• Fold protruding part of bag-type rolling seal

4

over rim of cylinder in direction of A and tuck bag-type rolling seal

4

into inner groove of cylinder in direction of

B

(

make sure bag-type rolling seal 4 is stretched tight over rim of cylinder

).

A

B

4

Fig.132:

Tucking the bag-type rolling seal into the groove of the cylinder

• Secure tucked end of bag-type rolling seal using retaining ring

1

(

make sure retaining ring is properly inserted into groove of bag-type rolling seal

.)

3-135

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

Fig.133:

Inserting the retaining ring into the groove of the bag-type rolling seal

• Insert rubber ring

2

into outer groove of cylinder.

2

Fig.134:

Inserting the rubber ring into the outer groove of the cylinder

• Turn spindle to lowest position.

3-136

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Place piston

1

on the motor spindle plate and secure piston using screws

2

.

1

2

Fig.135:

Top view of the motor, mounting the piston

• Work sealing section of rolling seal into its groove.

• Swivel cylinder out of ventilator compartment.

• Seal rolling seal by securing cylinder to bottom of cylinder housing (

do not twist rolling seal

).

• Secure cylinder to bottom of ventilator using fixing screws.

• Place bag-type rolling seal into cylinder.

3-137

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Secure patient system

1

by tightening locking elements

2

of patient system (turn locking elements 90° clockwise).

®

1 2

2

Fig.136:

Top view of the patient system, securing the patient system

• Mount ventilator to Fabius using reverse method of that used for disassembly.

• Check ventilator function according to Test Certificate.

3-138

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

21 General Information About the Uninterruptible Power

Supply (Option)

The uninterruptible power supply (rechargeable batteries) must be replaced with a new one at 3-year intervals. In case of malfunction, the only replaceable single part is the fuse of the rechargeable batteries.

21.1

Dismounting/Replacing the Uninterruptible Power Supply

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover plate

2

(rear panel of Fabius) and place cover plate

2

aside.

1

2

1

Fig.137:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the uninterruptible power supply

3-139

Repair Instructions

• Remove nuts and washers

1

.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

1

Fig.138:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the rechargeable batteries

The uninterruptible power supply (UPS) of Fabius CE consists of a set of two rechargeable batteries. Rechargeable battery sets for Fabius CE are supplied by two different battery manufacturers (Sonnenschein and Panasonic) who use different «+» and » − » terminal assignments (see Figure 139). The terminal assignment of the respective rechargeable battery set brand must be observed when replacing a rechargeable battery set.

3-140

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

white

WARNING:

Risk of personal injury.

No uninterruptible power supply in case of power failure if rechargeable batteries are not connected correctly. Make sure to connect rechargeable batteries correctly.

Rechargeable batteries from Sonnenschein and Panasonic have different contact assignments. Reversing the contacts may damage the device or blow the fuse (in the holder).

Strictly follow the contact assignments of the different rechargeable battery types when replacing rechargeable batteries (see Figure below).

brown white brown

Sonnenschei

Sonnenschei

Panasonic

Panasonic fuse

Fig.139:

Contact assignments of different rechargeable batteries used in Fabius

• Replace rechargeable batteries with new rechargeable batteries.

• Mount cable lugs (see Figure above). Check that connections are correct before installing rechargeable batteries.

• Mount new rechargeable batteries to Fabius using angular mount. Do not forget to reconnect the ground line.

• Check whether you can switch on the device without AC power.

• Mount cover to rear panel of Fabius.

• Charge new batteries by connecting Fabius to AC outlet, switching Fabius on, and leaving it connected to AC outlet for 4 hours.

3-141

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

22 General Information About the Pneumatics

The pneumatics comprises the following assemblies:

− Pneumatics Control PCB

− piston pump

− pressure sensor for vacuum measurement of piston pump/muffler.

− electronic PEEP valve

Fabius

®

electronic

PEEP valve pressure sensor/muffler

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

Pneumatics Control PCB piston pump

Fig.140:

Position of pneumatic assemblies

Electrical plug-in connections on the Pneumatics Control PCB:

X 1

PEEP valve connection

X 2

piston pump connection

X 3

pressure sensor connection

X 4

X 5

X 6

ventilator connection ventilator connection control box connection

Rev. C

3-142

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

22.1

Pneumatics Control PCB

In case of repair, replace the complete Pneumatics Control PCB.

22.1.1

Testing the Pneumatics Control PCB

• In case of failure, check Pneumatics Control PCB using the debug mode: (no ventilator error: VEN 0000)

22.1.2

Dismounting/Replacing the Pneumatics Control PCB

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover plate

2

(rear panel of Fabius) and place cover plate

2

aside.

1

2

1

Fig.141:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the cover plate

3-143

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from pneumatics

2

.

• Loosen screw

3

.

• Lift pneumatics

2

slightly up and pull it slightly out (you can latch pneumatics onto plates for convenience.)

®

3

1

1

Fig.142:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the pneumatics

3-144

2

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect cable connectors

1

from Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Remove fixing screws

2

.

2

1 1 1

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

1

1

1

2

2

Fig.143:

Removing the fixing screws from the Pneumatics Control PCB

• Replace the Pneumatics Control PCB with a new one.

• Secure new Pneumatics Control PCB to pneumatics using fixing screws.

• Connect cable connectors

1

to Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Mount pneumatics to Fabius using reverse method of that used for removal.

• Measure equivalent device leakage current according to Test Certificate.

• Measure protective conductor resistance according to Test Certificate.

• Check function of Pneumatics Control PCB according to Test Certificate.

3-145

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

22.2

Piston Pump

In case of repair, replace the complete piston pump.

22.2.1

Checking the Piston Pump

• Check piston pump using the debug mode.

22.2.2

Dismounting/Replacing the Piston Pump

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover plate

2

(on rear panel of Fabius) and place cover plate

2

aside.

1

®

2

1

Fig.144:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the cover plate

3-146

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from pneumatics

2

.

• Loosen screw

3

.

• Lift pneumatics

2

slightly up and pull it slightly out (you can latch pneumatics onto plates for convenience.)

2

1

Fig.145:

Removing the pneumatics

3

1

3-147

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

• Disconnect connector

1

.

• Mark hoses

2

and

3

for later reassembly and disconnect them from piston pump connection.

®

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

1

2

3

Fig.146:

Top view of the pneumatics, removing the piston pump

• Carefully cut cable tie which fastens electrical cables.

• Push rubber mounts

4

upwards and out through pneumatics plate

5

.

• Mount rubber mounts

4

to new piston pump.

• Mount new piston pump to pneumatics plate

5

by carefully pushing rubber mounts

4

through pneumatics plate

5

using a screw driver.

4

Fig.147:

Bottom view of the pneumatics, removing the piston pump

3-148

5

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Connect connector of piston pump to connection

1

of Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Connect hoses

2

and

3

(see previously applied markings) to piston pump

4

(see following Figure).

• Fasten electrical cables together using a new cable tie.

• Cut off any protruding length of cable tie.

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

1

2

3

4

Fig.148:

Top view of the pneumatics, connecting the piston pump

• Mount pneumatics to Fabius using reverse method of that used for removal.

• Measure equivalent device leakage current according to Test Certificate.

• Measure the protective conductor resistance according to Test Certificate.

• Check function of piston pump according to Test Certificate.

3-149

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

22.3

Pressure Sensor

In case of repair, replace the complete pressure sensor.

22.3.1

Checking the Pressure Sensor

• Check pressure sensor using the debug mode: “PMEM” (Software 1.00) “Pvac”

(Software 2.00).

22.3.2

Dismounting/Replacing the Pressure Sensor

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover plate

2

(on rear panel of Fabius) and place cover plate

2

aside.

1

®

2

1

Fig.149:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the cover

3-150

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from pneumatics

2

.

• Loosen screw

3

.

• Lift pneumatics

2

slightly up and pull pneumatics slightly out (you can latch pneumatics onto plates for convenience.)

3

1

1

Fig.150:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the pneumatics

3-151

2

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect connector

1

from Pneumatics Control PCB.

Fabius

®

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

1

Fig.151:

Top view of the pneumatics, removing the connector

• Carefully cut cable tie which fastens electrical cables together.

• Turn and remove pressure sensor

2

.

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

2

Fig.152:

Top view of the pneumatics, removing the pressure sensor

3-152

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Replace pressure sensor with a new one.

• Reconnect pressure sensor connector to Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Fasten all electrical cables together using a new cable tie.

• Cut off any protruding length of cable tie.

• Mount pneumatics to Fabius.

• Mount cover plate of pneumatics to Fabius.

• Measure equivalent leakage current according to Test Certificate.

• Measure protective conductor resistance according to Test Certificate.

• Perform a function test according to Test Certificate.

3-153

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

22.4

Electronic PEEP Valve

In case of a repair, replace the complete electronic PEEP valve.

22.4.1

Testing the Electronic PEEP Valve

• Check function of electronic PEEP valve according to Test Certificate.

22.4.2

Dismounting/Replacing the Electronic PEEP Valve

• Switch control box off using ON/OFF switch (ON/OFF switch is located on rear panel of control box).

• Unplug power plug from AC outlet.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from cover plate

2

(on rear panel of Fabius) and place cover plate

2

aside.

1

®

2

1

Fig.153:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the pneumatics

3-154

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Electrostatic discharge can damage electrostatic sensitive devices. Use a static-dissipative mat and a wrist strap when handling electrostatic sensitive devices.

• Remove fixing screws

1

from pneumatics

2

.

• Loosen screw

3

.

• Lift pneumatics

2

up and pull pneumatics slightly out (you can latch pneumatics onto the plates for convenience.)

3

1 1

Fig.154:

Rear view of Fabius, removing the pneumatics

3-155

2

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Disconnect connector

1

from Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Mark hoses

2

and

3

for later reassembly.

• Disconnect marked hoses

2

and

3

from electronic PEEP valve

4

.

• Carefully cut cable tie which fastens electrical cables together.

Fabius

®

4

X4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

2

1

3

Fig.155:

Top view of the pneumatics, disconnecting hoses and cables

3-156

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

• Hold electronic PEEP valve

1 in place

and remove fixing screws and washers

2

.

1

2

X4

4

X5

X6

X1

X3

X2

5

2

3

Fig.156:

Top view of the pneumatics, replacing the electronic PEEP valve

• Apply Loctite #222 on threads of fixing screws

2

and mount new electronic PEEP valve to pneumatics.

• Connect hoses to connection ports

3

of electronic PEEP valve (

according to previously applied markings

).

• Connect connector

4

of electronic PEEP valve to connection

5

on

Pneumatics Control PCB.

• Fasten all electrical cables together using a cable tie.

• Cut off any protruding length of cable tie.

• Mount pneumatics to Fabius using the reverse method of that used for removal.

• Connect gas supplies and electrical connections to Fabius.

• Connect complete breathing system (breathing hoses, Y-piece, breathing bag etc.) to circle absorption system.

3-157

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

22.4.3

Checking the Electronic PEEP valve (Software 1.00)

• Switch control box on.

• Calibrate O

2

sensor in the standby mode.

• Calibrate flow sensor in the standby mode.

• Press “Menu” key.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Select “112” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Select “Calibration pressure” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

Fabius calibrates the pressure sensor (Paw).

• Switch control box off and on again.

• Press “IPPV” key.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Check that hose system has no leaks.

• Adjust fresh-gas flow to 0 L/min.

• Adjust PEEP value to 5 hPa, squeeze breathing bag, and check PEEP value displayed on control box (use standard settings for other PEEP values).

• Adjust PEEP value to 10 hPa, squeeze breathing bag, and check PEEP value displayed on control box (use standard settings for other PEEP values).

• Check Pmax function using standard settings and adjust Pmax values 25 hPa,

40 hPa, and 70 hPa on control box (make sure Y-piece is closed).

• Measure equivalent leakage current according to Test Certificate.

• Measure protective conductor resistance according to Test Certificate.

• Check function of electronic PEEP valve according to Test Certificate.

®

3-158

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

22.4.4

Calibrating the PEEP Valve (software 2.00 or higher)

In software version 2.00 or higher, the electronic PEEP valve is calibrated automatically in the DrägerService Mode.

• Connect complete circle absorption system.

• Switch control box on.

• Calibrate O

2

sensor in the standby mode.

• Calibrate flow sensor in the standby mode.

• Press “Menu” key.

• Select “configuration”.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Select “keycode” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Select “112” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Select “Cal. pressure” by turning rotary knob.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

Fabius calibrates the pressure sensor (Paw).

• Connect a corrugated hose between the inspiratory nozzle and the expiratory nozzle.

• Close all flow control valves.

• Disconnect the breathing bag.

• Select “Cal. peepvalve” by turning the rotary knob.

• Confirm your selection by pressing the rotary knob.

• Do not disturb the calibration procedure.

Fabius automatically calibrates the electronic PEEP valve. After completion of the automatic calibration, the message «OK» appears on the display of the control box.

If the message «OK» is not displayed, proceed as follows:

• Repeat calibration as described above.

3-159

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

If the message “OK” is displayed, proceed as follows:

• Connect complete breathing system (corrugated hoses, Y-piece, etc.) to circle absorption system.

• Make sure hose system has no leaks.

• Press “IPPV” key.

• Confirm selection by pressing rotary knob.

• Adjust fresh-gas flow to 0 L/min.

• Adjust PEEP value to 5 hPa, squeeze breathing bag, and check PEEP value displayed on control box (use standard settings for other PEEP values).

• Adjust PEEP value to 10 hPa, squeeze breathing bag, and check PEEP value displayed on control box (use standard settings for other PEEP values).

• Check Pmax function using standard settings and adjust Pmax values 25 hPa,

40 hPa, and 70 hPa on control box

(make sure Y-piece is closed)

.

• Measure equivalent leakage current according to Test Certificate.

• Measure protective conductor resistance according to Test Certificate.

• Check function of electronic PEEP valve according to Test Certificate.

®

3-160

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

23 Patient System

In case of repair, replace the safety valve, the auxiliary air valve, or the complete patient system.

Auxiliary air valve

Safety

Fig.157:

Top view of the patient system

Auxiliary air valve

Safety valve

Fig.158:

Side view of the patient system

3-161

Repair Instructions

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

23.1

Dismounting/Replacing the Patient System

• Unlock patient system

1

by turning screws

2

one quarter of a full rotation (90°) counterclockwise using an Allen key.

• Lift and remove patient system

1

.

2

®

1

2

Fig.159:

Removing the patient system

• Place new patient system

1

onto ventilator.

• Secure patient system

1

by turning screws

2

one quarter of a full rotation (90°) clockwise using an Allen key.

23.2

Safety Valve

In case of repair, replace the complete safety valve.

23.2.1

Testing the Safety Valve

• Check function of safety valve according to Test Certificate.

3-162

Fabius

®

23.2.2

Safety Valve Components

Screw

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

Spring

Valve disc

Disc

Fig.160:

Sectional view of the safety valve

23.2.3

Dismounting/Replacing the Safety Valve

• Unscrew safety valve using a pair of plastic-jaw pliers.

• Remove residual Loctite from safety valve mount on patient system.

• Dispose of the old safety valve.

• Apply a small amount of Loctite #222 onto thread of the new safety valve and screw safety valve into patient system using plastic-jaw pliers.

3-163

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

23.3

Auxiliary Air Valve

In case of repair, replace the complete auxiliary air valve.

23.3.1

Testing the Auxiliary Air Valve

• Check function of auxiliary air valve according to Test Certificate.

23.3.2

Auxiliary Air Valve Components

Threaded ring

Crater

Valve disc

Fabius

®

Valve cross with springs

Fig.161:

Sectional view of the auxiliary air valve

23.3.3

Dismounting/Replacing the Auxiliary Air Valve

• Unscrew auxiliary air valve using a pair of plastic-jaw pliers.

• Remove residual Loctite from auxiliary air valve mount on patient system.

• Dispose of the old auxiliary air valve.

• Apply a small amount of Loctite #222 onto thread of the new auxiliary air valve and screw auxiliary air valve into patient system using plastic-jaw pliers.

3-164

Fabius

®

24 Tubing Diagram

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Repair Instructions

100 lg

M31602

185 lg

M31602

ALARM

VALVE

M25062

WHISTLE

M25073

290 lg

M31602

M25072

M30937

8402745

N2O PRESSURE

REGULATOR

M30937

M31602

M31602

8402745

O2 PRESSURE

REGULATOR

M31602

M31602

100 lg

M28817

500 lg

M31602

M31602

M31602

M31602

FLOWMETER

BLOCK

O2

FLUSH

M31602

5

8

M30946

O2

M31602

M31991

M30937

N2O

M30937

M31992

M31602

M31602

M31602

O2 INPUT PORT

(CYLINDER

SUPPLY)

N2O INPUT PORT

(CYLINDER

SUPPLY)

COMMON GAS

CONNECTION PORT

HOSE, 2.7 x 0.65-PAE, BLUE, M 31989

HOSE, 2.7 x 0.65-PAE, WHITE, M 31989

HOSE, 4 x 1-PAE, WHITE, M 31989

HOSE, 4 x 1-PAE, NATURAL COLOR, M 31989

ANESTHETIC

VAPORIZER

CONNECTION

PORT

M31602

ORC

6

7

SV00030

3-165

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

D

DrägerService

®

Explanation of Symbols

OK

Defect/error/fault

∩

Spare parts used

Report

Accessories missing

4.0 Test Certificate

Fabius CE

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

File no.:

Edition:

5330.200

02.99

Installation site:

C = Check condition

O = Check function

L = Check for leaks

V = Enter value

Serial no.:

Date of delivery/ startup:

Invoice no. or delivery no.:

Other:

Note:

TC 5327 applies to Vapor 19.n

TC 6495.200 applies to PM 8014

TC 6498.000 applies to PM 8040

TC 6494.300 applies to PM 8050

TC 6911 applies to anaesthetic gas extraction unit max. 134¡C

5

10

30

50

70

Control box

Vapor

Ventilator circle system 9ISO or

Cosy

Fabius

4-1

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table 1: Fabius CE test equipment

Test Equipment

-1 bar pressure gauge

1 bar pressure gauge

-30 + 120 mb pressure gauge

15 bar pressure gauge

Digital barometer

Flowmeter unit

Test adapter

120 l flowmeter

Flowmeter

ISO socket

Connecting sleeve

Bellows or disposable injector

Training thorax

Gas distributor

Adapter

Protective cap

Portable test set

Stopwatch

Test pressure reducer

M13506

7901541

7901082

7901495

7900045

M14405

7900955

7910299

7901482

Part Number

7901514

7901513

7901515

2M5223

7901843

7901161

7900138

7900718

2M85502

M25647

4-2

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table 2: Fabius CE wearing parts replacement schedule

Quantity Item

As required

Part No.

3

2

3

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

sealing ring sealing ring sealing ring

O-ring valve plates

M5128

M09257

M32014

08777

M23225 or

R00360

M26007 collar

(for secretion aspiration) float

(for secretion aspiration) mica insulator

(for secretion aspiration)

M26007 set of 5:

M24733

R13729 set of 10:

R23192

M33294 particulate filter

(for AGS) bacteria filter

(for secretion aspiration)

CH102 set of 5:

6723976

Once a year (PMS kit P/N 4115659)

Quantity Item Part No.

2-3

2-3

1-2

2

1

Every 2 years (PMS kit P/N 4115660),

(Cyl kit P/N 4115664) incl. 1 year items plus the following:

valve discs (f-gas dec vlv) M31188 diaphragm valve asm M31806 strainers (pipeln chk vlv)

O-ring (pipeln chk vlv) strainer

(for cylinder operation)

M19238

M19241

M19238

1

Every 3 years (PMS kit P/N 4115661) incl. 1 year items plus the following:

bag roller diaphragm 2600651

1

1

2

O-ring

(for bag roller diaphragm)

G60337

9V rechargeable battery

(if applicable)

8301856

12V rechargeable battery 1841416

1

1

2

1

1 bacteria filter bag roller diaphragm

O-ring flow sensor meas. line

Paw measuring line

8402868

2600650

4115864

8410929

8302841

Every 4 years (PMS kit P/N 4115662) incl. 1 year and 2 year items plus the following:

1 diaphragm M16497

Every 6 years (PMS kit P/N 4115663),

(Cyl kit P/N 4115665) incl. 1, 2 and 3 year items plus the following:

1 diaphragm

(for cylinder operation)

D15434

1 D04941

2-3 diaphragm

(for cylinder operation) rebuild kit (press reg) 8411129

4-3

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Control box no.:

Circle system mount no.

Compact breathing system no.:

Inhalation valve no.:

Exhalation valve no.:

Ventilator no.:

Basic unit no.:

The serial number can be entered on reaching the appropriate test item.

1.2

1.3

1.

1.1

The serial numbers of the exhalation and inhalation valves are marked on the screw-in valve craters.

Unit, general

Check on completeness and legibility of labelling C

Instructions for use and logbook available

(ask user) C

Manual ventilator

(bag resuscitator)

C O

4-4

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.4

1.5

1.8

1.9

1.6

1.6.1

1.7

1.7.1

Shelf

Writing surface

Swivel cabinet

Drawers

Rollers

Brakes

Earthing stud

Earthing cable (if fitted)

1.10

1.10.1

*

Mixed-gas hose

Sealing ring M 5128 (3x)

1.11

Swivel-out section, ventilator

1.12

Patient section

1.13

*

Renew black bag roller diaphragm

(item no. 2600650) once a year

Date of next replacement: _________

C

1.15

1.16

1.17

1.18

1.14

*

Renew black bag roller diaphragm

(item no. 2600651) every 3 years with

O-ring G 60337

Date of next replacement: _________

C

Anaesthetic exhaust hose

C

Anaesthetic filter equipment 2M 21262

C

Corrugated hoses (ISO/ISO-click)

C

Water traps 8404985 (if fitted)

C

C

C

C

C O

C O

C

C

C O

C

C O

C O

C O

4-5

1.19

1.20

1.21

1.22

Manual breathing bag

ISO Y-piece

Mask (optional)

Further accessories

Check the respective scope.

C O

2.3

2.3.1

2.3.2

2.3.3

2.

Circle system mount or compact breathing system

(enter serial no. on page 2 of this TC)

2.1

2.1.1

*

2.1.2

Flow sensor seals

In circle system M 09257 (below flow sensor bracket) sealing rings in flow sensor bracket

2 x M 09257 blue, 2600693 red

On Cosy 2600477 and O-ring 2M08777)

C

C

2.2

C

Anaesthetic gas return coupling M 33149

(if fitted)

C O

Absorber on Cosy M 29320

Absorber cover

Absorber canister M 29994

Lip seal M 30455 and seal M 30456

C

C

C

C

2.4

2.4.1

2.4.2

2.4.3

2.4.4

*

Absorber in circle system:

Absorber jacket M 14125

Absorber seals M 32028 and M 13386

Tapers

Sealing ring M 32014 at taper; renew if applicable

C

C

C

C

2.5

*

Non-return valve (FGE valve)

Renew valve disc M 31188 every 2 years

C

Date of next replacement__________

4-6

C

C

C

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.6

2.6.1

2.6.2

*

FGE valve in circle system

Cones

Sealing ring M 32014 on Cone, renew as necessary

C

Date of next replacement__________

C

C

2.7

On Cosy O-ring 6802087l

C

2.8

*

Ventilator port O-rings 2M 08777 (x 2), renew as necessary

C

2.9

2.10

2.10.1

2.11

Filter element in circle system

ISO cones (for corrugated hoses)

Cone

Coupling M 26238

(for pressure measuring port)

2.12

2.12.1

*

2.12.2

2.12.3

2.12.4

Inhalation valve

(enter serial no. on page 2 of this TC)

C

Valve plates M 23225, R 00360; renew if applicable

C

Valve crater

Must not exhibit signs of damage. Pins must not be bent and there must be no surface damage inside the valve disc guide.

C

Sealing ring M 09231

C

Inspection cap

1x O-ring 2M 10296 and 2x O-ring 2M 29384

C

C

2.13

2.13.1

*

Exhalation valve

(enter serial no. on page 2 of this TC)

C

Valve plate R 00360 or M 23225; renew if applicable

C

C

C

C

C O

4-7

2.13.2

2.13.3

2.13.4

Valve crater

Must not exhibit signs of damage. Pins must not be bent and there must be no surface damage inside the valve disc guide.

Sealing ring M 09231

Inspection cap with PEEP valve attachment in circle system

C

C

C

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.14

2.14.1

*

PEEP valve

Renew diaphragm 8410181 in circle system

Diaphragm jacket M33401 on Cosy every

2 years

C

Date of next replacement: _________

Sealing ring 2600479 on Cosy

C

3.2

3.3

3.

3.1

2.15

2.15.1

2.15.2

2.15.3

2.16

2.16.1

2.16.2

Pressure limitation valve (APL) in circle system mount (modified)

Switching lever markings «IPPV/SPONT-

MAN»

C

Cap

Stem guide

Switching lever «IPPV/SPONT-MAN»

C

C O

C O

Non-return valve

(anaesthetic gas extraction)

Silicone disc

Hooked ring M 17786 in circle system

C

C

C

Control box

Labelling legible

Housing

Back wall

C

C

C

C

4-8

3.4

3.4.1

3.4.2

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.7.1

3.8

3.8.1

3.9

3.10

3.11

3.12

3.13

3.14

3.15

3.16

O2 sensor adapter

O-rings (2M 10296, green;

2M 10633, brown)

O2 cable, plug

O2 sensor socket

Flow sensor hoses

Flow sensor connections

Flow sensor

Pressure hose, pressure connection

Bacteria filter 8402868

Replace once a every

Connecting cable, interface M

Connection socket, interface M

Connecting cable, interface C

Connection socket, interface C

Earth leakage stud

Fuses

220 V 2x T1A 1815083

110 V 2x T2A 1815113

Main switch

Control box latches

3.17

*

Replace 9 V rechargeable battery

(8301856) every 3 years if fitted

Date of next replacement: _________

C

C

C

C

C

C

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C O

C

C

4-9

3.18

*

Replace 24 V rechargeable battery every

3 years

2x 1841416

C

Date of next replacement: _________

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

4.

Gas connections

4.1

4.2

4.2.1

*

CS inputs

Renew strainer M 19238 and O-ring

M 19241 every 2 years.

O2 C

N2O

Optional: Air

Date of next replacement: _________

CS connecting hoses

Pay attention to plug coupling, countryspecific colour-coding and connection encoding

O2

N2O

Optional: Air

Sealing ring

O2 (M 07152)

N2O (M 07152)

Air (M 05128)

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

4.3

Cylinder inlets

Renew strainer M 19238 and O-ring

M 19241 every 2 years.

O2

N2O

Date of next replacement: _________

C

C

4.4

Cylinder option

Connection hoses

Cylinder pressure reducer

O2

N2O

C

C

4-10

4.4.1

5.

5.1

Sealing rings M 07152 (2x)

O2

N2O

Cylinder pressure reducer

O2, serial no.

N2O, serial no.

5.2

5.2.1

*

Replace diaphragms 2312600 every 6 years

Date of next replacement: _________

C

Annual output test

Next test:

Detach cylinder connection from Fabius and connect to measuring tube 7900718.

Open cylinder slightly.

With supply pressure 10 bar > 60 L/min.

O

2

N

2

O

O

O

5.3

5.4

5.5

Sealing ring M 05045

With pin index pressure reducer

O2

N2O

2nd stage blow-off valves

Check once a year.

Connect test pressure reducer e.g. with

DIN pressure hose to output o pressure reducer

Opening pressure 7.0

+ 3.0

bar

O2

N2O

O

O

Static test every 6 months

Test instructions:

Connect output to pressure gauge

(15 bar) test equipment part no. 2M 5223.

C

C

4-11

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

C

C

5.6

5.7

6.

6.1

6.2

6.3

Test values:

Gas Supply pressure Outlet

O

2

N

2

O

> 80 bar

> 45 bar

2.7-5.5 bar

2.7-5.5 bar

O

O

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Connection hoses C

High-pressure gauge

O2

N2O

Cylinders

Small O2 cylinders

Supervisory authority inspection every 6 years

C

All other cylinders every 10 years

C

Check expiry date

C

C

6.4

6.4.1

6.5

N2O and O2 class as medication

O2

N2O

Cylinder holder

Buckle

O2

N2O

Cylinder jackets (if provided)

O2

N2O

C

C

C

C

C

C

4-12

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

7.

Lack of O2 alarm

7.1

*

Alarm valve M 28480

Replace diaphragm M 16497 every 4 years.

Date of next replacement: _________

7.2

C

Build up 5 bar with test pressure reducer by way of O2-CS connection.

Set

*

= 1L/min. at O2 flowmeter.

Slowly reduce test pressure.

Test value:

Signal must sound at 1.7 bar at the latest.

O

7.3

7.4

7.5

Signal slowly stops sounding as pressure continues to drop; there is no deactivation.

O

Slowly build test pressure back up again.

Alarm must stop sounding at 2.7 bar at the latest.

O

Warning time

Establish O2 supply (min. 15 s vessel filling time) and interrupt again.

Rapidly dissipate pressure in system.

Warning time ≥ 7 s

O

8.

8.1

*

Pressure regulator 8402745

O

2

,N

2

O,Air

Renew diaphragm and inlet valve

S-Set 8411 129 every 6 years.

Date of next replacement: _________

Downstream pressure is only tested when parts have been replaced.

C

Pressure regulator O2 measuring tubes

Supply pressure(5…5,5bar)

Test value: P dyn

3,0 + 0,2bar

O L

4-13

8.2

8.3

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pressure regulator N

2

O measuring tubes

Supply pressure (5…5,5bar)

Test value: P dyn

2,0 + 0,2bar

O L

Pressure regulator Air measuring tubes

Supply pressure (5…5,5bar)

Test value: P dyn

1,5 + 0,2bar O L

9.

10.

10.1

10.2

O2 bypass (flush valve)

Functional test

Test set-up:

Connect mixed-gas outlet to 120 L flowmeter (7900718)

Test value:

At 5 bar dyn. supply pressure

*

= 39 — 70 L/min.

Test value:

At 3 bar dyn. supply pressure

*

= 27 — 43 L/min.

O

O

Pushbutton must return to rest position on being released.

O

Ejector outlet

Sampling coupling (O2)

O2 drive hose

Capacity

Supply via O2 pressure reducer inlet or

O2-CS inlet.

Air-CS supply depressurised.

Test value:

Sampling coupling

*

> 50 L/min.

Connect coupling to secretion aspirator.

Open shutoff valve of secretion aspirator.

O

Test objective:

Ejector-type secretion aspirator runs.

O

O L

O L

11.

11.1

11.1.1

Secretion aspirator (optional)

Ejector-type secretion aspirator assembly

C

Connecting hose

C L

4-14

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

11.1.1.1

11.1.2

*

Sealing ring

Renew bacteria filter CH 102

(set of 5: 6723976)

C L

C

11.2

11.2.1

11.2.1.1

Vacuum-type secretion aspirator assembly

Vacuum connecting hose

Sealing ring

11.3

11.3.1

11.3.2

11.3.3

11.3.4

Frame

Cylinder holder

Connection hose

Secretion aspiration hose M 25780

Secretion sight glass/fingertip

11.4

Jar M 20091, 2x

C

11.5

11.5.1

*

11.6

11.6.1

11.7

11.7.1

11.8

*

Jar cap

C

Check tightness of collar M 26008 (renew if applicable).

C

Float M 26007

(renew if applicable — set of 5: M 24733)

Freedom of movement

To check:

Connect up aspirator assembly

Build up vacuum

Turn jar round

Float is sucked in

Turn jar round

Shut off vacuum

Float drops back

C

O

Relief valve

(if fitted)

Mica insulator R 17329

(renew if applicable — set of 10: R 23192)

C L

C

Ejector

Connect up test vacuum gauge via secretion jar.

Capacity: p = > -0.8 bar

Of which: p = -0.7 bar in 10 s

4-15

O

C

C

C

C

C

C

C L

C L

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

11.9

11.10

11.11

11.12

Pressure gauge

Comparison measurement

Tolerance ± 4% of full scale value

Shutoff valve

Vacuum control valve (vent valve)

Pushbutton rapid vent valve

(vacuum operation only)

12.

*

AGS system (optional)

If applicable, replace particulate filter

M 33294

When using one of the two surplus gas connections:

Plug fitted in socket on side of AGS mounting system.

C

C

When using both surplus gas connections:

Plug removed from socket on side of AGS mounting system.

C

AGS functional check

Press plug into outlet point of anaesthetic extractor until it engages.

Indicator turns green.

O

Float in flowmeter of AGS system moves between upper and lower mark.

O

Detach extractor from wall socket.

C O

O L

O L

O L

13.

*

Vapor plug-in system housing section

Renew O-ring U 4314 (2 x each Vapor) once a year

Date of next replacement: _________

C

14.

Safety valve, flowmeter unit

Perform test once a year.

Connect mixed-gas socket to precision pressure gauge +1.0 bar, 7901513.

Uncouple Vapor.

N2O control valve closed.

Set

*

= 9 L/min. at O2 flow control valve.

Test value:

Safety valve opens at p = < 1.0 bar

O

4-16

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.

Leak test

Perform leak test between gas source and flow control valve.

Test prerequisites:

All gas supplies depressurised.

Flow control valves closed.

I

O

1AT 1AT

24V-Accu

P

Motor

15

Control

Paw

V-Sensor

-Sensor m

15.1

O2-air/N2O-CS operation

Connect CS connection hoses with test adapter 7901495 to test cylinder (test pressure reducer).

Test set-up:

Build up test pressure of 5 bar.

All flow control valves at anaesthesia machine closed.

Close cylinder valve following pressure equalisation.

Test values:

Cylinder pressure indicated (highpressure gauge of test cylinder) may not drop by more than 10 bar within 2 minutes.

O

4-17

16.

Low-pressure leak test

Connect mixed-gas socket to pressure gauge -30…+120 mbar (7901515) or digital pressure gauge (7901843).

Establish all gas supplies. All flow control valves closed.

Pressure

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

16.1

16.2

16.3

17.

No build-up in pressure is permissible with

O2 flow control valves closed.

O

With Vapor uncoupled, build up pressure of 120 mbar via O2 flow control valve.

Test value:

Perm. gas flow < 0.1 L/min.

O

With Vapor coupled up as for item 16.2

Test value:

Perm. gas flow < 0.1 L/min.

Circle system leak test

Flow sensor connected. Alternatively, flow for test items 17.1 and 17.2 can be supplied by anaesthesia machine if:

Machine has previously passed leak test and result of overall leak test (lowpressure system of anaesthesia machine plus circle system) does not exceed

*

≤

0.1 L/min.

Pressure measurement is then performed with Paw sensor in MAN.

O

4-18

17.1

Test set-up circle system:

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS seal seal

COSY leak test:

SETTING MAN 70mb

SEAL

WITH CAP

O2 SENSOR

CONNECTED

SEAL WITH CAP

SV00433

Switch pressure limitation valve to «MAN» and set to 70 mbar. Build up test pressure of p = 40 mbar.

Test value: Gas flow

*

≤ 0.1 L/min.

O

4-19

17.2

Testing of inhalation and exhalation valves

Remove adapter. Seal absorber with protective cap (M 14405). Remove manual breathing bag. Connect up pressure gauge

-30/+120 mbar, rotameter as shown.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS seal

Outlet valve function test:

SEAL

FRESH-GAS

DECOUPLING

VALVE

SV00421

4-20

EXPIRATION VALVE

SEAL

17.3

17.4

18.

18.1

18.2

19.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Build up pressure of p = 40 mbar

Perm. gas flow < 0.1 L/min.

Assemble circle system

O

Cosy inlet valve test

Valve port open. APL valve set to Man, 70 mbar. Connect pressure gauge and flow tube to inspiratory port via connecting sleeve M 13506

Permissible gas flow rate <0,05 l/min

O

Cosy outlet valve test

Ventilator, fresh-gas port, inspiratory port closed. Connect pressure gauge and flow tube to adapter bag. Build up pressure of p = 40 mbar

Permissible gas flow rate <0,05 l/min O

Flowmeter unit

Protective glass

Pressure gauge

Control valves

C

C

C

19.1

Pay attention to country-specific colour and haptic coding.

O2

N2O

Optional: Air

Set flow rate of 1 L/min.

Exert axial tension/compression on stem and then release.

Permanent change in flow from set flow rate:

∆

V

≤

0.3 L/min.

O2

N2O

Optional: Air

O

O

O

4-21

C O

C O

C O

19.2

End stop of control valves

Open fresh-gas outlet

Open control valves

Maximum flow with valves fully open

O2 and N2O > 9 L/min. in each case

O2 and air > 9 L/min. in each case

Air option only > 14 L/min.

O

O

O

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

19.3

19.4

19.5

19.5.1

Checking pressure reducers if respective max. flow is not attained.

Function of flowmeters

Reduce each flowmeter from maximum flow to zero in 4 stages.

Test objective:

Float must never become caught (with unit horizontally aligned)

O

Flow comparison measurement

(perform once a year)

Testing:

Connect flowmeter unit (7901161) to mixed-gas outlet.

Comparison measurement of at least 3 flow values in range between 50 mL/min. and

3 L/min. for O2/N2O and between

500 mL/min. and 6 L/min. for air.

Test objective:

Measured values within tolerance of ±10

%.

O2

O

Air

O

Total O2 and N2O flow

O

Smooth and even rotation of float of O2 and N2O low-flow flowmeter at 0.2 L/min.

O

Close control valves

4-22

20.

20.1

20.2

20.2.1

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

S-ORC

Rating plate at flowmeter unit

S-ORC

C

Functional test

Establish gas supply.

Remove Vapor.

Mixed-gas outlet open

Open N2O control valve as far as it will go

Open O2 control valve once as far as it will go and close again

S-ORC control action

O

2

flow setting:

0 0

N

2

O flow must be:

0.2 + 0.07/-0.05

N

2

O starts to flow

0.5

1.2 — 1.8

3.0

6.0 — 10

Control valves on 0, Connect hoses

O

O

O L

O L

21.

21.1

21.2

Control box function test

Plug in mains plug, switch on unit

Visual and acoustic alarm

All LEDs are briefly actuated

Acoustic alarm sounds

Mains failure alarm

Pull mains connector.

Alarm sounds

In batter-powered operation the message

„Battery mode“ and the battery symbol appear.

Plug in mains connector

O

O

O

O

4-23

21.3

21.4

21.5

Calibrate pressure sensor

In Service mode set pressure sensor to zero. (Keycode 112)

Detach pressure gauge tube to do so.

Calibration successful.

(Otherwise replace pressure sensor 18 31

887)

Switch unit off and back on again.

O

Set to Man/Spont.

Connect bellows or disposable syringe and pressure gauge (-30 — +120 mbar) to pressure gauge tube.

Build up pressure 40 mbar + 0,5 mbar.

Display “P mean

” rises to 40 + 2

Remove test set-up.

Connect P

AW

an hose to control box.

V

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Set O2 sensor to zero

Call up zeroing page by pressing p

Calibrate O2 sensor with 100 % by vol. O2

Attach insp. O2 sensor to test adapter, item no. 7900138.

Connect fresh-gas outlet to test adapter.

Flush with approx. 100 % O2 (1 L/min.) for approx. 1 minute.

Then trigger calibration.

Calibration is completed after max. 4 minutes.

O

O2 sensor test:

Switch to MAN/SPONT. Expose sensor to ambient air for approx. 2 minutes

18 — 24 % by vol. O2 is displayed on completion of this period.

If not, replace sensor capsule.

Plug in O2 sensor

Remove test set-up.

O

4-24

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

21.6

Pressure-limiting valve test

On control box IPPV, set p max f

IPPV

TI:TE

= 6/min

= 1 : 1

TIP:TI = 10 %

PEEP

V t

=0mbar

= 380 mL

Connecting sleeve M 13506

21.7

21.8

Pressure gauge 7901515

Connect -30/+120 mbar pressure gauge to ventilator outlet.

Relief valve opens at 75 ± 5 mbar

(maximum pressure)

O

Testing of ancillary air valve:

Flow control valves on 0. Vacuum valve opens at -2.5 to -6 mbar (minimum pressure)

O

Freedom from leaks in piston chamber

Select Man/Spont mode.

Connect flowmeter and pressure gauge to ventilator connection. Piston in upper end position.

4-25

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

T-piece

ISOsock-

Connecting sleeve

Pressure gauge

7901515

21.9

22.

22.1

Flowmeter

2M 85502

Rotameter

7901161

Use flowmeter to set stable pressure of 30 mbar.

Set flow (leakage rate) must be < 20 mL/ min.

V

Remove test set-ups, connect ventilator hose

Sealing in vacuum:

Set Fabius to IPPV. P indication in Debug mode is 200 + 50hPa.

O

Set ventilator to standby.

P indication must fall by no more than 100 hPa within 3 s.

O

Testing type of gas, cylinder operation

(optional)

O2 supply, cylinder

All gas supplies depressurised

Open O2 cylinder

Open all control valves

Set

*

= 0.8 L/min. at O2 control valve

O2 flowmeter:

Flow remains on

*

= 0.8 L/min.

No reading on any other flowmeter

(

*

= 0 L/min.)

O

O

4-26

22.2

23.

23.1

23.2

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

N2O supply, cylinder

Open N2O cylinder

(O2 cylinder is open)

Set

*

= 0.8 L/min. at O2 flowmeter

Open all other control valves

N2O flowmeter indicates

*

≈ 1.6…2.6 L/ min.

Close N2O cylinder

N2O flowmeter:

Flow drops back to

*

= 0 L/min.

O2 flowmeter:

Flow remains on

*

= 0.8 L/min.

Close O2 and N2O cylinder.

Depressurise system

Close control valves

O

O

O

Testing type of gas, CS operation

All gas supplies depressurised

All pressure gauges for CS depressurised O

O2-CS

Establish O2-CS supply

Pressure gauge for O2 indicates CS pressure

Actuate O2 bypass valve.

Gas flows

Set O2 flowmeter to

*

= 0.8 L/min.

Fully open N2O control valve.

N2O float at rest.

O

O

O

N2O-CS

Establish N2O supply

Pressure gauge for N2O indicates CS pressure

Set O2 flowmeter to

*

= 0.8 L/min.

N2O flowmeter indicates

*

= 1.6…2.6 L/ min.’

Uncouple N2O-CS connector

N2O flowmeter:

Flow drops to

*

= 0 L/min.

O2 flowmeter:

Flow remains on

*

= 0.8 L/min.

O

O

O

O

4-27

23.3

24.

24.1

24.2

Air-CS (if fitted)

Establish O2, N2O and air supply

Pressure gauge for air indicates CS pressure.

Fully open N2O control valve

Set air flowmeter to

*

= 1 L/min.

Test objective:

Air flowmeter indicates

*

= 1 L/min.

O2 flowmeter indicates

*

= 0.8 L/min.

N2O flowmeter indicates

*

= 1.6 — 2.6 L/ min.

Uncouple O2-CS connector, trigger O2 flush.

Air flowmeter indicates

*

= 1 L/min.

O2 flowmeter indicates

*

= 0 L/min.

N2O flowmeter indicates

*

= 0 L/min.

Uncouple air-CS connector.

Air-CS pressure display falls.

Air flowmeter indicates

*

= 0 L/min.

Close fine control valves, connect CS hoses.

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

Functional test of ventilation mode

Switch on Fabius and run through selftest.

Unit switches to standby on completion of self-test.

No error messages.

O

Connect up test thorax 7901082.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Manual ventilation

Select Man/Spont

Fresh-gas flow

*

= 3 L/min.

APL valve set to MAN, 30 mbar.

Use manual breathing bag to perform manual ventilation.

O

Spontaneous breathing

Test set-up as above:

APL valve set to SPONT/IPPV

Test objective:

Spontaneous breathing must be possible with test thorax.

O

4-28

24.3

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Flow sensor zeroing:

(With SW > 2.5 check that gas type is set to AIR)

Move to STANDBY. Detach hoses of flow sensor from control box.

Call-up zeroing page by pressing p

Zero flow sensor.

Zeroing successful..

Move to IPPV and set a fresh-gas flow of

3 L/min. Reconnect hoses, connect flow sensor to ventilator output as per drawing.

O

Breathing hose0,3 — 1 m

ISO socket M 25647

24.4

Flow sensor

Set pmax = 70mbar

V

T f

IPPV

= 6/min

TI:TE = 1 : 1

TIP:TI = 10 %

PEEP = 0mbar

Measured flow = 420 — 580 mL

Install flow sensor.

Upgrade unit ready for operation.

IPPV ventilation

Setting:

APL valve set to IPPV

Make the following control box settings:

Pmax = 70 mbar

Vt = 380 mL fippv = 12 1/min.

TI:TE= 1:1

TIP:TI = 10%

PEEP = 0 mbar

Test thorax connected

Press IPPV button

Display: IPPV mode?

V

4-29

24.5

24.6

24.7

24.8

Unit starts ventilation.

O

Drive runs quietly and smoothly

Display V te

= 300 — 450 ml

O

O

Peep pressure

Steady-state control after max. 10 breaths.

Adapt pressure warning limits if necessary

Press PEEP parameter button.

Display indicates ventilator settings.

Set the following Peep values.

0 value:

Ppeep = 0

+

2 hPa

10

15

Ppeep = 10

±

2 hPa

Ppeep = 15

±

3 hPa

Set Ppeep = 0 hPa.

Pmax check:

Seal off Y-Piece. Connect pressure gauge to P

AW

port.

Set following Pmax values:

V

V

V

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

25

40

60

70

P = 25 + 5 hPa

P = 40

±

5 hPa

P = 60 ± 5 hPa

P = 70 ± 5 hPa

APL valve check:

Set Fabius to „MAN“ .

Increase fresh-gas flow to 5 L/min.

Y-piece is sealed.

Set APL valve to „MAN“, 30 mbar.

Pressur display:

27 -33 hpa

Set APL valve to „IPPV/SPONT“

Pressure display:

0-3mbar

Set flow to zero, unit set to STANDBY.

V

V

V

V

V

V

4-30

25.

25.1

25.2

25.3

26.

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Safety tests

Power cord C

Protective conductor test as per VDE 751

Test objective: R < 0.2

Ω

V

Equivalent unit leakage current

Fabius mains switch on.

Subsequent measurements may exceed the first-measured value by max. 50 % but must at the same time be

≤

750 µA.

V

First-measured value

Ileak

≤

750 µA

µA

Note:

The first-measured value is always to be transferred to a new TC.

Assemble unit and all accessories ready for operation.

Check tightness and proper attachment of all hose connections.

Supply unit to customer ready for operation.

4-31

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

27.

Tests carried out by/on:

Name:

Date:

Signature:

28.

*

These steps are regarded as repair work and are therefore not included in the inspection service price.

29.

Report:

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

4-32

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

5.0 Spare and Replacement Parts

Part numbers for field-replaceable items on the Fabius anesthesia system are listed on the following pages, along with part numbers for related hardware and cables.

The item numbers are keyed to the accompanying illustrations to aid in identifying the item and its location.

ASSEMBLY/PART PAGE

Fabius Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-2, 5-3

Pin Index Trolley Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-4, 5-5

Writing Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-6, 5-7

Gasbox, including vapor mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-8, 5-9

Flowmeter assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-10, 5-11

Gas inlet assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12

thru 5-15

Circle 9 System: Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-16, 5-17

Circle 9 System: Inspiratory valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-18, 5-19

Circle 9 System: Expiratory valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-20, 5-21

Circle 9 System: Absorber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-22, 5-23

Circle 9 System: Intermediate piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-24, 5-25

COSY Compact Breathing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-26, 5-27

COSY Absorber Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-28, 5-29

COSY Absorber Canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-30, 5-31

Control Box, Front Bezel Assembly, Fuse Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-32, 5-33

Ventilator Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-34, 5-35

Battery Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-36, 5-37

Pneumatic Control System (early design). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-38, 5-39

Pneumatic Control System (later design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-39A, 5-39B

A-cone Switch, Fresh Gas Hose, Power Cord Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-40, 5-41

Flow sensor, O2 Sensor, Pressure Sensor Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-42, 5-43

Optional Items:

Bain Circuit Adapter, Breathing Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-44, 5-45

Cylinder Conversion Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-46, 5-47

Semi-Open Adapter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-48, 5-49

Rev. C

5-1

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

2

3

4

5

1

6

4

2

3

9

SV00402

7

8

5-2

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Fabius Trolley. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603200

1. Drawer assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600260

Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2M20638

2. Screw, M6 x 16 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331922

3. Washer, DIN 127-x 12CRNI 177 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333941

4. Washer (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292358

5. Chassis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600210

6.

Wheel holder, right (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600258

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4116143-001

7.

Wheel holder, left (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600259

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4116142-001

8.

Locking caster (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M34523

9.

Caster (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M34524

Rev. B

5-3

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

9

8

2

1

6

2

7

4

4

5

3

11

13

10

12

SV00398

Rev. A

5-4

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Pin Index Trolley Assembly (3 drawer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115907

1. Yoke, O2 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101620

2. Check valve assembly, O2 (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113932-001

3. Yoke, N2O (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101621

4. Check valve assembly (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4111792

Parts common to all yokes:

5. Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4113536

Screw, (index pin), sltd, 0.157OD x 6-32 x 0.718L (2x per yoke) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105929

Plug & chain assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4112755-001

6. Regulator, O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103590

7. Regulator, N2O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4103591

8. Gauge, 3000 psi (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115928

Hose, 4 x 1 PAE white, 660 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210165

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE blue, 440 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210211

9. Wing screw, 3/8-16 x 1 in. (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100078

10. Wheel holder, right (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600258

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4116143-001

11. Wheel holder, left (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600259

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4116142-001

12. Locking caster (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M34523

13. Caster (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M34524

Other trolley options:

Pin Index Trolley (Dodhy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115198

Pin Index Trolley (no drawer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115907-001

Rev. B

5-5

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

6

8

SV00414

A A

7 18 1 29 21 9

14

4 27 29 20 13

25

2

14

20

15

28 TROLLEY

33

33

5

17 CENTER ITEM #17 ON FLANGE

34

31

VIEW A — A

26

16

30

VIEW B — B

24

12

32

5

35 23 19 11 22

3 10

Rev. A

5-6

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Writing Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115174

1. Hinge arm shaft group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600223

2. Locking screw handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600230

3. Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600240

4. Writing plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600250

5. Plate (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600201

6. Hinge bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600221

7. Hinge arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600226

8. Locking plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600227

9. Hinge arm holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600229

10. Left rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600238

11. Spacer (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600239

12. Right rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600244

13. Plate (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600246

14. Clip (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600248

15. Drawer stand (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600251

16. Angle (square bar) (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600252

17. Sponge tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2690059

18. Screw, skt hd M6 x 8 A4 DIN 471 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264273

19. Nut, hex M8 DIN 934 — M A4/051 (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267582

20. Washer (12x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1292358

21. Screw, M6 x 45 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW01122

22. Lock washer, split M8 — DIN 7980 (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1314440

23. Screw, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324586

24. Screw, skt hd M8 x 60 — DIN6912 (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329952

25. Screw, M5 x 16 A (4x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331442

26. Washer, B4.3 DIN 9021 — A4 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331914

27. Screw, M 6 x 16 (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331922

28. Nut, hex M6 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333062

29. Washer, DIN 127 x 12 CRNI 177 (10x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333941

30. Washer, A8.4 DIN 125 — A4/051 (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324780

31. Nut, hex M4 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336002

32. Screw, M6 x 16 DIN 7991 — A4 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338811

33. Screw, M4 x 10 DIN 7985 (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342606

34. Telescope rail (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2M18364

35. End cap (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G60455

Rev. A

5-7

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

9

12

SV00411

10

13

6

3

6

7

4

5

15

1

11

14

17 18

19 16 20

21

22 23

18

24

2

8

5-8

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Gasbox Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115234

1. One position vapor mount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115254

Two position vapor mount (illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115019-001

One vapor mount Selectatec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M35125

Two vapor mount Selectatec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M35115

2.

O-ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115864

3. Screw, PH flt hd M4 x 12 — DIN 965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339966

4. DW nut, hex M4 DIN 934 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328956

5. Washer, flat M4.3 DIN 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327542

6. Washer, lock split M4 DIN 7980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293680

7. Block holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600098

8. Box housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600510

9. Mix gas cone connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600501

10. Pressure nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600502

11. Connector lump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600503

12. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E20278

13. Screw, M4 x 10 DIN 912 — A4/051 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320858

14. Bolt (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2M17338

15. Top door group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600529

16. Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE white (380 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210157

17. Angle connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30953

18. Washer, M4 white . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31602

19. Screw, PH flt hd M4 x 8 DIN 965 (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1339958

20. Angle connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30961

21. Collar, 6mm white . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31603

22. Pipe, V to MGC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600590

23. O2 flush valve assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31774

24. Straight connector M5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30952

Rev. A

5-9

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

37

26

9

2

10

13

12

16

27

28

6

28

SV00403

14

15

42

36

36 28

18

35

19

18

19

38

4

8

5

32

1

25

23

28

41 24

28

21

28

19 20 21 34

24

21

3

28

24

22

21

19

28

11

19

19

21

20

11

21

22

24

24

28

21

24

11

24

7

17

29

10

39

40

SECTION A — A

33

30

29

33

31

SECTION B — B

Rev. A

5-10

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Flowmeter assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2603012 (illustrated), 2603504, 2600332, 2605010

1.

ORC mounting plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116069

2.

Hanger (1x per tube) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600303

3.

Upper rear tubing plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600316

4.

Tube (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600317

5.

Rear panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600318

6.

Upper flowmeter block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M33601

7.

Glueing foil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600320

8.

O-ring (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M16201

9.

Spring (1x per tube). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M12928

10. O-ring (2x per tube) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M34329

11. Fitting, pilot to Divan (3x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M28816

12. Flow tube, O2, 0.02 — 0.50 L/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115648

13. Flow tube, O2, 0.55 — 10 L/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115649

14. Flow tube, N2O, 0.02 — 0.5 L/min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115650

15. Flow tube, N2O, 0.55 — 10 L/min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115651

16. Flow tube, Air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115647

17. Washer, DIN 7168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30297

18. Fitting, 90° elbow G 1/8(2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30935

19. Washer, 4 mm blue (6x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30937

20. Ferrule, pilot to Divan (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30963

21. Fitting, straight, M5 (7x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30952

22. Fitting, 90° elbow (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30953

23. Fitting, Luer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30960

24. Washer, M4, white (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M31602

25. Collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M31603

26. Bottom flowmeter block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M32641

27. Pressure gauge (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M33402

28. DW Ball (plug) (12x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270656

29. Screw, M3 x 4 DIN 927 — A2/051 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329383

30. Screw, M4 x 10 DIN 912 — A4/051 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320858

31. Screw, M4 x 12 DIN 912 — A2 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293664

32. Nut, hex, M5 DIN 980 — A4/051 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335618

33. Washer, spring, M4 DIN 127 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331345

34. DI screw (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331930

35. Proportional valve (ORC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M32940

36. Knob, A1 (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600304

37. Knob. ISO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600309

38. Safety valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115950

39. Flow control valve (3x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115871

40. Valve, pillar (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115951

41. Y-plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .M30962

42. Screw, M5 x 10 DIN 7991 — 8.8/155 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336134

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE — blue (820 mm total) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210211

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE — bl/white (500 mm total). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210181

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE — white (610 mm total). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210157

DW hose, 4mm x 1mm PAE NF clear (550 mm total) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210173

Rev. A

5-11

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

5

34

22 25

2

35

36 41 42

13 12

17 18

43

45

7

8

20 26

19 18

9

34 4

17 24

25 17

25 21

32 21 25 27 10 11

15

38 41 42

18 21

28

19 24

21 24

29

20 26

36 44 40

30

19 18

31

38 41 42

3 34

23 26

16

37 40

1

SV00401

33

44

52

25

21

25

53

6

38

39

22

26

14

5-12

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

3-Gas inlet assembly (illustrated) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603015

2-Gas 5 connector inlet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2601002

2-Gas US/light inlet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2605020

3-Gas US/light inlet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115848

1. Capacity holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600583

2. Screw, gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600584

3. Label, O2 regulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2690056

4. Label, Air regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2690057

5. Label, N2O regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2690058

6. Screw, M4 x 45 DIN 84 A4/051. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329189

7. O-ring (Item 8, 9, or 10 selected at assembly) (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M07142

8. O-ring (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M07143

9. O-ring (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M07144

10. Filter inst. (5x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M19238

11. O-ring (5x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M19241

12. Socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25072

13. Socket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25073

14. Connector, Air/O2 NIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M34975

15. Screw, closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115840

16. Connection piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29118

17. 90° connector G 1/8(6x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30935

18. Washer, 4mm blue (10x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30937

19. One way angle connector G 1/8(3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30945

20. One way angle connector G 1/8(2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30946

21. Angle connector (7x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30953

22. One way angle connector M 1/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30956

23. Angle connector, M5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30961

24. Ferrule, pilot to Divan (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30963

25. Washer, M4 white (15x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31602

26. Collar, 6mm white (12x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31603

27. Housing, O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31991

28. Housing, N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31992

29. Housing, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31993

30. Housing, O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32311

31. Housing, N2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32312

32. Intermediate piece (3x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M33283

33. O-ring (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M20274

34. Pressure regulator (3x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8402745

35. Hose, trans 2 x 3 SI NF DWN 2516 340mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1198912

36. Screw, M4 x 10 DIN 912 — A4/051 (11x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1320858

37. Washer, lock DIN 6798 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1270850 list continues on a following page

Rev. A

5-13

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

AIR

/O

2

SV00400

56

46

26

O2

PIPELINE

SUPPLY

N20

PIPELINE

SUPPLY

AIR

O2

CYLINDER

SUPPLY

N20

OUTLET

EXTERNAL

DEVICE

O2

40 LG

50 LG

46 26

47 55

54

110 LG

48 26

49 18 50

110 LG

90 LG

120 LG

TO O2 FLUSH

380 LG

51 26 46

48

49

110 LG

410 LG

5-14

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Gas inlet assembly continued

38. DW-nut, hex M4 DIN 934 (5x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1328956

39. Washer, flat M4.3 DIN 125 (12x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1327542

40. Nut, hex M16 x 1.5 BM DIN 439 — A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335006

41. Washer, spring M4 DIN 127 (14x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331345

42. Washer, B4.3 DIN 9021 — A4 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331914

43. Injector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25062

44. Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600480

45. Volume asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M33582

46. Y-pipe (3x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31424

47. Y-pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M28817

48. T-connector (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32803

49. Y-plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30962

50. Contact, 4mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31348

51. Contact, 6mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M33257

52. Straight connector M5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30952

53. Input valve, vent, complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32773

54. Button, manual, REL 5.85 ID (4x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115551

55. Buton, manual, REL 7.75 ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115552

56. Screw, pan hd M4 x 8 DIN 7985 (5x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340778

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE blue (total 650 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210211

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE bl/wht (total 510 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210181

Hose, 2.7 x 0.65 PAE white (total 2855 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210157

Hose, 4 x 1 PAE wht (total 390 mm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1210165

Rev. A

5-15

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

3

2

1

SV00413

4

5

6

7

10

10

8

9

5-16

Rev. A

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Circle 9 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603100

Circle 9 System Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600110

1. Non-return valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32579

Hook spring ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M17786

2. Screw plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600101

3. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R26807

4. APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600112

5. Crater screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M17774

6. Union nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600107

7. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M09257

8. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32576

9. Clamp screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600102

10. Small plug (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600103

Rev. A

5-17

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

4

3

5

6

SV00412

2

1

8

7

9

10

5-18

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Circle 9 System (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603100

Inspiratory valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600120

1. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32014

2. Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M26238

3. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M09231

4. Union nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600124

5. Valve crater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30413

6. Valve disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R00360

7. Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600127

8. Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M21482

9. Filter insert asm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M19597

10. Locking ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M19602

Rev. A

5-19

2

1

SV00415

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

7

6

3

5

8

9

5-20

Rev. A

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Circle 9 System (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603100

Expiratory valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600140

1. Upper nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600144

2. Union nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600124

3. E.V Control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600150

4. Valve body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600145

5. Valve disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R00360

6. Valve crater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30413

7. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M09231

8. Spring ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M09224

9. Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600141

Rev. A

5-21

6

5

4

3

2

1

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

7

SV00416

8

9

10

5-22

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Circle 9 System (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603100

Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600180

1. Absorber cap, lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M14406

2. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32014

3. Absorber jacket (cylinder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M14125

4. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M13386

5. Cover, top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600188

6. Absorber cap, top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M14405

7. Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600181

8. Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600182

9. Absorber seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32028

10. Cover, bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600185

Rev. A

5-23

3

2

1

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

SV00417

4

5

6

5-24

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Circle 9 System (continued) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2603100

Intermediate piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600160

1. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32014

2. Valve screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M31188

3. Spring cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M17450

4. Crater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32480

5. Ring nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32479

6. O-ring (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2M08777

Rev. A

5-25

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

14

15

13

16

2

21

8

19

7

10

11

9

20

SV00420

4

3

6

17

19

18

12

5

Rev. B

5-26

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

COSY assembly, modified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115193

Compact Breathing System COSY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600741

1. Angle terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600469

2. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M20622

3. APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600457

4. Union nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600454

5. Absorber (see parts breakdown on a following page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29320

6. Adjusting screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M20031

7. Expiration bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600463

8. Packing ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600477

9. Union nut (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30453

10. Packing ring (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M09231

11. Valve disk (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M23225

12. Absorber top (see parts breakdown on a following page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF00495

13. Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M26238

14. Washer with sealing lip (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30454

15. Screw, M5 x 16 DIN 912 — A4/051 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329227

16. Screw plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600461

17. Non-return valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M32543

18. Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M33972

19. O-ring (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2M08777

20. Plug assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115265

21. Quick disconnect fitting (for sample-gas return port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M33149

Rev. B

5-27

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

5

4

3

1

2

SV00418

Rev. A

5-28

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

COSY Absorber Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF00495

1. Absorber top piece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M33013

2. Lip seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30455

3. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R50313

4. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R18352

5. O-ring (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4302469

Rev. A

5-29

5

2

3

7

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

6

4

3

SV00419

5-30

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

COSY Absorber Canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29320

1. Screen insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29999

2. Canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29994

3. Packing ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30563

4. Bead chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30562

5. Screw, oval hd AM4 x 6 DIN 85 — A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1315838

6. Acorn nut, M4 DIN 1587 — M A4/051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334751

7. Screw, M4 x 8 DIN 921 — A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336029

5-31

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

19

20 17 22 21

18

F2

16

15

F4

SV00409

1 F1 F5 2 3 4 5

14 13 12 11

5-32

Rev. A

6

7

8

9

10

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4115255 (110V), 4115656 (220V France), 2600350 (220V)

1. Transformer assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115820

2. Cable assembly, power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600393

3. Power supply PCB assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8201971

4. Cable assembly, PS/control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600392

5. Power control PCB assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8201951

6. Ground wire assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600398

7. Control PCB assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8201961

8. Pressure sensor, 100 mB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1837311

9. Pressure sensor, ±4 mB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843060

10. DW hose, 4mm x 2.5mm clear SI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205102

11. Fan assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600397

12. Cable assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600387

13. Switch assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600399

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116627

14. Power inlet and cable assembly, 110 volt models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115445

Fuse, 2A (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815113

Power inlet and cable assembly, 220 volt models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600389

Fuse, 1A (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815083

15. Rectifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1812637

16. Mains filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1814753

17. Firmware, reg, ver 2.70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115599

18. Firmware, mstr, ver 2.70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115598

19. Front bezel assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600355

French/Fabian version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115654

20.

Rotary knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29655

21.

Cable assembly, rotary knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600391

22.

Display assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600374

Power Supply PCB Fuse data:

F1 5×20 mm time lag, 1.6 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EC01200-001

F2 5×20 mm time lag, 3.15 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EC01200-003

F4 5×20 mm time lag, 4 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EC01200-004

F5 5×20 mm time lag, 2.5 A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EC01200-002

Rev. B

5-33

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

2

4

1

3

11

5

6

7

8

9

10

SV00404

5-34

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Ventilator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600600

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600770

1. Patient system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600610

2. Additional air valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600670

3. Safety valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600680

4. O-ring (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2M08777

5. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600629

6. Diaphragm, patient side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600650

7. Spindle assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600635

8. Motor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600702

New part number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116526

9. Diaphragm, piston side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600651

10. O-ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G60337

11. Hex wrench, T-handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1640623

Rev. B

5-35

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

5

2 3

4

1

1

Sonnenschein Sonnenschein

5

4

1

SV00407

1

Panasonic Panasonic

5-36

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Battery assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600654

1. Battery, rechargeable (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1841416

2. Fuse, T3.15A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1815148

3. Fuse holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1832662

4. Cable assembly, batteries to fuse holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600659

5. Cable assembly, batteries to connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600658

NOTE: Battery manufacturers shown in the illustration have different terminal arrangements and polarities. Refer to the repair instructions for details.

5-37

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

3 9 8

10

5

4

19

7

19

21

18

11

22

25

15 16

26 21

23

21

20

21

21

11 13 12

24

11 14 12

1

2

17

SV00406

5-38

28

27

6

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Pneumatic Control System (early design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600550

1. Pump mounting plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600554

2. Vibration isolator (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600569

3. Cable clip, 2 x 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600526

4. Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M30530

5. Bushing (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8408312

6. Tie strap (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8712007

7. Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8402868

8. Screw, M3 x 5 DIN 7985 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1340719

9. Washer — L/S B3 DIN 127 — X12 CRNI177 (2x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1309749

10. Screw, M5 x 10 A DIN 84 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329618

11. Nut, hex M3 (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334913

12. Washer, A3.2 DIN 1.25 — A4 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341782

13. Screw, M3 x 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343068

14. Screw, M3 x 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342150

15. Washer, spring M4 DIN 127 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331345

16. Screw, M4 x 6 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338862

17. Screw, M3 x 10 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343076

18. DI screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1333828

19. Hose, 2.5 x 2 SI (170 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115747

20. Hose, 2 x 1 SI red (20 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204793

21. Hose, 4 x 1.5 SI NF clear (370 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1190520

22. Volume assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8408765

23. Mounting plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600551

24. Pump assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600564

25. PEEP valve assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600573

26. Pneumatic block assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600560

27. PCB assembly, pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8202081

28. Cable assembly, pneumatic control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600562

Rev. C

5-39

5

4

3

2

18

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

6

7

8

9

SV00440

10

1

17

15

16

14

13

11

(CONNECTS

TO ITEM 7)

12

Rev. C

5-39A

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

5.

6.

7.

8.

1. Pneumatic (PEEP Control) Assembly (later design). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116213

2.

Gasket, top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116156

3.

4.

Plate, top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116155

Vacuum valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116154

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8102868

Hose 2.5 x 2 SI (5 in. 3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115747

Fitting, 1/16 ID x 10-32M w/seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4112707-001

Fitting, straight, 3/32 ID hose x 10-32 M (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4114732

9.

Fitting, ell, 3/32 ID hose x 10-32 M (replaces existing fitting). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4114733

10.

Cable Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600562

11.

Hose, natural, 0.075 ID x 0.030 W (10 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ML08003

12.

PCB Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116121

13.

Screw, M3 x 10 (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343076

14.

PEEP Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600573

15.

Nut, hex M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1334913

Washer, A3.2 DIN 1.25-A4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1341782

Screw, M3 x 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1342150

16. Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600564

17. Vibration Isolator (3x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600569

18. Muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4116158

Rev. C

5-39B

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

SV00410

1

5-40

2

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

1. A-cone Switch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115226

2. Fresh gas hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600170

Power Cord assemblies:

Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Italy,

Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115367

Denmark. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115369

Switzerland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115375

UK, Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115377

Mexico, Central America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115379

Argentina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115380

Australia, New Zealand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115382

China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115383

India, South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115385

Israel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115387

Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115388

Rev. A

5-41

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

2

3

4

6

8

10

9 7

SV00405

5

5-42

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Sensor Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600340

1. Flow sensor hose assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8410929

2. Pressure measuring hose assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8302841

3. Flow sensor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8412034

4.

O-ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R26807

5. Oxygen Sensor: Complete Assembly, including capsule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4110374

6.

Sensor Capsule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6850645

7.

Housing Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106363

8.

9.

10.

O-ring, #025 (viton). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105791

Adapter (cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106385

O-ring, #016 (viton) (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4106388

5-43

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

1

2

SV00408

14

15

13

3

4

5

6

7

8

11

10

16

5-44

9

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Bain Circuit Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115225

1. Body assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115272

2. O2 sensor plug assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115265

3. APL valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115271

4. Screw, flat hd skt 8-32 x 3/8in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW03005

5. Cap, gauge swivel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115269

6. Gauge mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115270

7. Nut, round 1 3/8 D x 1/8-18 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105857

8. O-ring, #115 (silicone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105771

9. Coupling, Atmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M26238

10. Wing nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105699

11. Set screw, cup pt 5/16-18 x 1 1/4in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HW04031

12. Label, NAD Bain Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115268

Items not illustrated:

Fresh gas hose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115267

Breathing bag, 2.0 L w/22mm bushing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9995320

Hose, corrugated. 22 in. w/22mm bushing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9995123

Adapter, 22mm (M) x 22mm (M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M25647

Instruction manual, Bain Circuit Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4106013-003

Breathing Pressure Gauge Assembly (bain circuit option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115275

13. Gauge, 20/80 cm H2O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115273

14. Gauge mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105835

15. Nut, round 1 3/8 D x 1/8-18 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105857

16. O-ring, #115 (silicone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4105771

5-45

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

11

9

10

1 2 3 4

5 6 7

8

12

SV00419

5-46

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Cylinder Conversion Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600720

1. Screw, M5 x 12 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1263102

2. Nut, hex M5 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1267477

3. Washer, spring B5 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1300849

4. Washer, A5.3 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1326279

5. Washer, B5.3 (16x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1329472

6. Nut, hex M5 DIN 980 — A4/051 (16x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1335618

7. Screw, M5 x 10 DIN 7991 — 8.8/155 (16x). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1336134

8. Screw, M6 x 16 DIN 7991 — A4 (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1338811

9. Cylinder support (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2600722

10. Belt (4x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M19101

11. Grommet strip (8x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M21599

12. Plate (2x) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M29110

5-47

Spare and Replacement Parts

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

SV00390

COSY ASM (REF.)

5-48

SEMI OPEN ADAPTER

Rev. A

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Spare and Replacement Parts

ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Semi-Open Adapter Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4115227

Rev. A

5-49

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

6.0 Fault-Cause-Remedy

Fault

A continuous audible alarm is given. No visible alarm appears on the display.

Cause

Fabius is not connected to mains power supply.

Remedy

Connect Fabius to mains power supply.

APNEA PRESSURE

APNEA VOLUME

The rechargeable batteries are flat.

Machine fault.

Inappropriate fresh-gas supply.

No ventilation.

Recharge the batteries.

Inform DrägerService.

Ensure appropriate fresh-gas supply.

Leak in hose system.

No ventilation − no expired volume for 15 seconds.

Inappropriate fresh-gas supply.

Check hose system.

Check ventilator.

Ensure appropriate fresh-gas supply.

Kinked hose.

Check hose system.

Leak in hose system.

APNEA PRESS OFF

BATTERY LOW

The lower alarm limit for the airway pressure (Paw) is off in the IPPV mode.

The battery voltage of the uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is too low.

BATTERY POWERED Fabius is not connected to mains power supply

(Fabius is powered from the batteries (UPS)).

Check hose system.

Switch on the lower alarm limit for the airway pressure (Paw).

Recharge the batteries of the

UPS by running Fabius from the mains power supply for four hours.

Connect Fabius to mains power supply.

CHECK BATTERY

The mains power supply failed.

The backup battery is not functional.

Check the mains power supply.

Replace fuse.

Inform DrägerService.

6-1

Fault-Cause-Remedy

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Fault Cause

CHECK VENTILATOR The ventilator is not assembled correctly.

CONT HIGH PRESS

DEVICE TEMP HIGH

EX-VALVE LEAKAGE

FiO

FiO

2

2

HIGH

INOP

Remedy

Check the diaphragm and close the housing of the patient system.

The APL valve is in the position MAN during IPPV.

The device temperature is too high.

Select standby mode and switch back to IPPV mode.

Switch APL valve to

IPPV/SPONT.

Check for external heat sources.

There is a leak in the expiratory valve.

The O

2

flush is in use, the fraction of inspired O

2 exceeds the upper alarm limit.

Check the fan.

Check the expiratory valve.

Check the O

2

setting on the flowmeter block.

The O

2

sensor has not been calibrated correctly.

Check the concentration setting on the anesthetic vaporizer.

Calibrate the O

2

sensor.

Calibrate the O

2

sensor.

FiO

FiO

2

2

LIMIT < 21%

LOW

The O

2

sensor has been replaced but not calibrated.

Spent O

2

sensor.

Faulty O

2

sensor cable.

The lower limit FiO

2

is between 18% and 20%.

The FiO

2

is below the lower alarm limit.

Replace the O calibrate it.

Replace the O

2 calibrate the O

2

sensor cable and

sensor.

Set appropriate FiO

2

lower limit.

Check the O

2

2

sensor and

supply.

Check settings on flowmeter block.

®

6-2

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fault-Cause-Remedy

Fault

FLOW INOP

MEMORY ERROR

MV HIGH

MV LOW

Cause

The flow sensor has not been calibrated.

The flow sensor is faulty.

Remedy

Calibrate the flow sensor.

The upper alarm limit for the minute volume has been exceeded.

Replace the flow sensor and calibrate it.

The flow sensor has been replaced but not calibrated.

Calibrate the flow sensor.

Replace the flow sensor hose and calibrate the flow sensor.

The flow sensor hose is faulty.

Internal data loss.

Switch Fabius off and on.

Inform DrägerService, if necessary.

Calibrate the flow sensor (see

Instructions for Use).

The flow sensor has not been calibrated.

The flow sensor is faulty.

Calibrate the flow sensor.

Replace with new flow sensor and calibrate new flow sensor.

Check the minute volume.

The minute volume has decreased below the lower alarm limit.

The hose is blocked/kinked.

Check the hose system.

Check the breathing system.

There is a leak in the breathing system.

Leak test the breathing system.

Reduced volume during pressure limitation.

Reduced lung compliance.

Adjust the ventilation parameters correctly.

Calibrate the flow sensor.

The flow sensor has not been calibrated.

The flow sensor is faulty.

Replace with new flow sensor and calibrate new flow sensor.

6-3

Fault-Cause-Remedy

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

Fault

Paw HIGH

Paw NEGATIVE

POWER SUPPLY

INOP

PRESSURE INOP

Cause

The upper alarm limit

(Paw) has been exceeded.

Remedy

Check the upper alarm limit (Paw) setting.

The hose is kinked.

Check the hose system.

The upper alarm limit

(Paw) has been set too high.

Insufficient fresh-gas supply.

Power supply is fault.

Faulty pressure sensor.

Correct the upper alarm limit

(Pmax) setting.

Increase the fresh-gas flow.

Inform DrägerService.

Inform DrägerService.

PRESSURE LIMIT

SET APL TO IPPV

SETTINGS LOST

VENTILATOR INOP

VOL ALARM OFF

Set tidal volume has not been delivered completely.

The APL valve is switched to MAN in the IPPV mode.

The set parameters or calibration values have been lost.

Internal machine fault.

Increase Pmax value.

Decrease V

T

value.

Switch the APL valve to

SPONT/IPPV.

Check the set parameters or calibration values and correct, if necessary.

Switch Fabius off and on.

IPPV mode is not operational.

The lower alarm limit for

MV is off in the IPPV mode.

Inform DrägerService.

Set the appropriate lower alarm limit for MV.

®

6-4

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

7.0 Changes

Record all changes and modifications made to the machine.

Type of Change Date

7-1

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius

®

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Technical Memo

8.0 Technical Memo

1 Troubleshooting, Fabius CE

1.1

New software 2.50

A new software package has been developed for the Fabius CE.

General replacement in the field is not planned!

The factory will, however, be shipping new Fabius units with the software release

2.50.

The modification set for Fabius 2600678 software release 2.50 is currently in production.

The 2.50 has implemented the following improvements over the predecessor version

2.0:

− Use of newly plotted characteristics of the flow sensor

− Manual gas type setting for flow measurement via a user menu.

Important note:

If the user sets the incorrect gas type, the flow measurement may produce larger errors than defined in the specification.

− Other base languages: German, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian

−

Supplementary language: Russian

− Improvement of flow measurement by pre-filtering of the flow-AD measured value

−

Improved PEEP valve calibration

− Revised calibration status generation for pressure sensor in Service mode.

(safeguard against misoperation)

1.2

Software 2.60, 2.70

This software version adds the French language to software selection for the Fabian machine.

1.3

Software 2.80

Adds warning message on screen to check APL valve setting when switching from manual ventilation mode to IPPV mode.

8-1

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fabius NAD Service Manual

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rev. C summary of changes

Page Description

iii

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revised TOC to include later design pneumatic control sys

3-142

. . . . Added note: ref. parts list for illus of early & later design pneu asm

5-1

. . . . . . . . . Revised local TOC to include later design pneumatic control sys

5-39

. . . . . . . . . Added early design notation to existing pneumatic control sys

Added

5-39A, 5-39B

. . . . . . . Illus & P/L for later design pneumatic control sys

1

RETURN TO THIS MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS

RETURN TO CD-ROM TABLE OF CONTENTS

North American Dräger and

DrägerService are divisions of Draeger Medical, Inc.

3122 Commerce Drive

Telford, PA 18969

Tel: (215) 721-5402

(800) 543-5047

Fax: (215) 721-5784

Web: www.draegermedical.com

Printed in the U.S.A.